WO2024061236A1 - Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024061236A1
WO2024061236A1 PCT/CN2023/119831 CN2023119831W WO2024061236A1 WO 2024061236 A1 WO2024061236 A1 WO 2024061236A1 CN 2023119831 W CN2023119831 W CN 2023119831W WO 2024061236 A1 WO2024061236 A1 WO 2024061236A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
dmrs
port
time
frequency resources
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/119831
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
董昶钊
高翔
刘鹍鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024061236A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024061236A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and communications devices for transmitting and receiving reference signals.
  • MIMO Multiple input multiple output
  • 5G fifth generation
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the transmit power of the reference signal is one of the factors that affects the accuracy of channel estimation. When the transmit power is larger, the accuracy of channel estimation is also higher.
  • the existing technology adopts the principle of full power utilization, that is, on the same time-frequency resource (for example, resource element (RE)),
  • the transmit power of the idle port is lent to the active port.
  • the relationship between the power borrowed by the active port from the idle port and the initial transmit power pre-configured by the network device to the active port can be determined by the power boosting value (or power compensation value, offset value) etc.) to express.
  • the power enhancement value corresponding to different ports is predefined in the new radio (NR) protocol, and the terminal device can determine the power enhancement value of each port according to the instructions of the network device.
  • NR new radio
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and communication device for transmitting and receiving reference signals, which can support more flexible indication of the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the transmission power of the reference signal.
  • the first aspect provides a method for sending a reference signal.
  • the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device. This application is not limited to this.
  • the method includes a network device determining a power ratio ⁇ ; the network device sends a reference signal to a terminal device based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein the power ratio ⁇ is related to a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a first code division multiplexing CDM
  • the first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  • the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the The transmit power used to send the reference signal.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the network device can use the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the time-frequency resource occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal. At least one of the ratios of the numbers, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the transmission power of sending the reference signal.
  • the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port
  • the first port is a port in a first port set
  • the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  • the ports in the first port set may be supported by a reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern in the system. port.
  • the N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4; or, the N is 4 or 5 or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the value of N can be any one of 3, 4, 5 or 6, and for the case where there are reference signal ports with an occupied time-frequency resource density of 1/4 or 1/6 among the reference signal ports supported by the system, by associating the power ratio ⁇ with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the power ratio of the reference signal port can be indicated more flexibly.
  • the first port set also includes a second port, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the second reference signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the value of N is greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports occupying different density of time-frequency resources in the reference signal port, by dividing the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, and can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port.
  • the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  • the currently scheduled reference signal includes an existing reference signal port
  • its power ratio can also be flexibly indicated.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding to the reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
  • the network device determines a power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the network device is based on the power scaling factor Sending the reference signal to the terminal device; wherein the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfies the following relationship:
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • c represents the expansion capability coefficient
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′
  • wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
  • the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports occupying different densities of time-frequency resources in the reference signal port, through
  • the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, based on the power ratio and time-frequency resources
  • the mapping rule maps the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and the reference signal is sent through the time-frequency resource.
  • the second aspect provides a method for receiving a reference signal.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. This application is not limited to this.
  • the method includes a terminal device determining a power ratio ⁇ ; the terminal device receiving a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein the power ratio ⁇ is related to a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and the number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups
  • the first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  • the terminal device can flexibly receive the reference signal according to the power ratio of the reference signal port.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the terminal device can use the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the time-frequency resource occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal. At least one of the ratios of the numbers, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port, and receive the reference signal.
  • the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port
  • the first port is a port in the first port set
  • the first port set The ports correspond to N CDM groups
  • the N CDM The time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the group do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  • the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the signal, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the power according to the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal Ratio ⁇ .
  • the terminal device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇
  • the end device is based on this power scaling factor Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′
  • wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′
  • c represents the expansion capability coefficient
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • r(2n+k′ ) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • the terminal device when there are N CDM groups corresponding to the reference signal ports supported by the system, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports with densities occupying different time-frequency resources among the reference signal ports, by associating the power ratio ⁇ with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the terminal device can flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port, and receive the reference signal based on the power ratio and the time-frequency resource mapping rule.
  • a method for sending a reference signal is provided.
  • the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device. This application is not limited to this.
  • the method includes: the network device generates a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; the network device sends the reference signal to the terminal device; wherein the reference signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, and the first port is a first port set A reference signal port in, the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the N CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio ⁇ The number, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter are associated.
  • the first CDM group is the CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups.
  • the first parameter includes each type of the at least one type of CDM. The number of ports corresponding to the CDM group.
  • the network device can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, and then can Increase the transmit power of the reference signal.
  • the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency
  • the density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group.
  • the first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
  • the reference signal port supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, and there are reference signal ports occupying different time-frequency resource densities in the reference signal ports, by comparing the power ratio ⁇ with the first parameter, the reference signal port
  • the configuration type of the signal is related to the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, which can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port.
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding to the reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
  • the network device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇ The network device is based on this power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; where the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • c represents the expansion capability coefficient
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′
  • wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
  • the network device when there are N CDM groups corresponding to the reference signal ports supported by the system, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports with densities occupying different time-frequency resources among the reference signal ports, by associating the power ratio ⁇ with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource based on the power ratio and the time-frequency resource mapping rule, and send the reference signal through the time-frequency resource.
  • the fourth aspect provides a method for receiving a reference signal.
  • the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. This application is not limited to this.
  • the method includes: a terminal device determines a power ratio ⁇ ; the terminal device receives a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein the reference signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, and the first port is a first port in the first port set.
  • a reference signal port, the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the N CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter.
  • the first CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups.
  • the first parameter includes the The number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in at least one type of CDM.
  • the terminal device can flexibly receive the reference signal according to the power ratio of the reference signal port.
  • the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency
  • the density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group.
  • the first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
  • the power ratio of the reference signal port can be flexibly indicated.
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the first parameter according to the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, and determines the first parameter according to the first parameter, the reference signal
  • the configuration type and the number of the first CDM group determine the power ratio.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇ and based on Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • c represents the expansion capability coefficient
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol white.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • r(2n+k′ ) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • the terminal device can flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port based on the power ratio and time-frequency resources. Mapping rules receive reference signals.
  • a communication device in a fifth aspect, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the power ratio ⁇ ; the transceiver unit is used to send a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein,
  • the power ratio ⁇ is associated with a first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group.
  • the first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal.
  • the first A code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port
  • the first port is a port in the first port set
  • the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  • the N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4; or, the N is 4 or 5 or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send indication information to the terminal device, the indication information including first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicating the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicating the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; , the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • a communication device in a sixth aspect, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the power ratio ⁇ ; the transceiver unit is used to receive a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein the power ratio ⁇ Associated with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the first code division multiplexing
  • the CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  • the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
  • the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port
  • the first port is a port in the first port set
  • the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication The information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and the reference signal association The index of the antenna port determines the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine a power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: Receive the reference signal; wherein the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfies the following relationship:
  • a communication device in a seventh aspect, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to generate a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; the transceiver unit is used to send the reference signal to a terminal device; wherein, the reference The signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port.
  • the first port is a reference signal port in a first port set.
  • the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups.
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the N The CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter.
  • the first CDM group is the N CDM group in which no data is sent.
  • CDM group, the first parameter includes the number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in the at least one type of CDM.
  • the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency
  • the density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group.
  • the first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, and the first indication information indicates The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; where the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • a communication device in an eighth aspect, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the power ratio ⁇ ; the transceiver unit is used to receive a reference signal based on the power ratio ⁇ ; wherein the reference signal includes The first reference signal corresponding to the first port.
  • the first port is a reference signal port in the first port set.
  • the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups. N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the group includes at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter.
  • the first CDM group is a CDM that does not send data among the N CDM groups. group, the first parameter includes the number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in the at least one type of CDM.
  • the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency
  • the density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group.
  • the first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
  • N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  • the ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6.
  • the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, and the first indication information indicates The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the first parameter according to the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, and determines the first parameter according to the first parameter , the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first CDM group determine the power ratio.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio ⁇
  • the transceiver unit is specifically used according to Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the above first aspect, the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the third aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a network device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a communication device including a processor.
  • the processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the above second aspect, the fourth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • a processor including: an input circuit, an output circuit and a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be one or more chips
  • the input circuit can be an input pin
  • the output circuit can be As an output pin
  • the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits.
  • the input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
  • a processing device including a processor and a memory.
  • the processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
  • processors there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
  • the memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor
  • receiving capability information may be a process of the processor receiving input capability information.
  • the data output by the processor can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can be from the receiver.
  • the transmitter and receiver can be collectively called a transceiver.
  • the processing device in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect may be one or more chips.
  • the processor in the processing device can be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.;
  • the processor can be a general processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory can Integrated in the processor, it can be located outside the processor and exist independently.
  • a computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction).
  • a computer program which may also be called a code, or an instruction.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to A method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the above-mentioned first aspect is achieved.
  • the method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect is executed.
  • a communication system including at least one terminal device and at least one network device, for performing the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which the method of the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • Figure 2 is a reference signal pattern for two configuration types in the current standard.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a method for sending reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 4 to 7 show several examples of reference signal patterns provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method of sending reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR), evolved packet core (EPC) , evolved packet system (EPS), evolved universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), long term evolution (long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), etc.
  • 5th generation, 5G systems or new radio (NR) evolved packet core (EPC) , evolved packet system (EPS), evolved universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), long term evolution (long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), etc.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • EPS evolved packet system
  • UMTS evolved universal mobile telecommunication system
  • E-UTRAN evolved UM
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device user terminal
  • terminal wireless Communication equipment
  • user agent user device
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data to users, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • some terminals can be, for example: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, which can Wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices.
  • Wearable devices can be a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that can be worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • terminal equipment can also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations. Its main functions include collecting data (some terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network equipment. .
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • the network device may be a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G communication system, a next-generation base station in a 6G mobile communication system, or a future mobile Base stations in communication systems or access nodes in WiFi systems, etc., evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), wireless network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB) in LTE systems ), base station controller (BSC), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), transmission reception point (TRP) , transmitting point (TP), base transceiver station (BTS), etc.
  • gNodeB, gNB next-generation base station
  • gNodeB next-generation base station
  • gNodeB next-generation base station
  • gNodeB next-
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node and a user plane CU node, and a RAN device of a DU node.
  • the network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with a base station through the transmission resources (e.g., frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be a cell corresponding to a base station (e.g., a base station), and the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the network device can be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, a relay node or a donor node, a device that provides wireless communication services to user devices in a V2X communication system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future evolution network.
  • CRAN cloud radio access network
  • the embodiments of the present application are related to network devices. The specific technology and equipment used are not limited.
  • the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc.
  • This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
  • FIG. 1 is an exemplary architectural diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 101 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal devices 102 to 107 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the terminal devices 102 to 107 can be mobile or fixed.
  • the network device 101 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and the terminal devices 102 to 107 may be terminal devices located within the coverage area.
  • Network device 101 and one or more of terminal devices 102 to 107 may each communicate via wireless links.
  • the terminal devices may communicate directly with each other.
  • direct communication between the terminal devices may be achieved using device to device (D2D) technology.
  • D2D device to device
  • the terminal device 105 and the terminal device 106, and the terminal device 105 and the terminal device 107 may communicate directly using D2D technology.
  • the terminal device 106 and the terminal device 107 may communicate with the terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
  • the terminal devices 105 to 107 can also communicate with the network device 101 respectively. For example, it can directly communicate with the network device 101.
  • the terminal devices 105 and 106 in the figure can communicate directly with the network device 101; it can also communicate with the network device 101 indirectly, such as the terminal device 107 in the figure communicates with the network device via the terminal device 105. 101 Communication.
  • Each communication device in the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1 can be configured with multiple antennas.
  • the plurality of antennas configured may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. Therefore, communication devices in the communication system 100 can communicate with each other through MIMO technology.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
  • Antenna ports are referred to as ports. It can be understood as a transmitting antenna recognized by the receiving end, or a transmitting antenna that can be distinguished in space.
  • An antenna port can be configured for each virtual antenna, and each virtual antenna can be a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas. According to the different signals carried, antenna ports can be divided into reference signal ports and data ports. Among them, the reference signal port may include but is not limited to a DMRS port, a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) port, etc.
  • This application includes existing ports and newly added ports.
  • Existing ports refer to ports in existing protocols, or ports that support technical solutions in existing protocols;
  • newly added ports refer to ports that can support the technical solutions of this application.
  • time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain.
  • time-frequency resources may include one or more time domain units (may also be called time units, time units, etc.); in the frequency domain, time-frequency resources may include one or more frequency domain units.
  • a time domain unit can be one symbol or several symbols (such as OFDM symbols), or a time slot (slot), or a mini-slot (mini-slot), or a subframe (subframe).
  • a time slot may be composed of 7 or 14 symbols;
  • a mini-slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols) ;
  • the duration of a subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms).
  • a frequency domain unit can be a resource block (RB), a subcarrier, a resource block group (RBG), a predefined subband, or a precoding resource.
  • block group precoding resource block group (PRG), a bandwidth part (BWP), a resource element (RE) (also called a resource unit or resource particle), or a carrier, or a serving cell.
  • PRG resource block group
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • RE resource element
  • DMRS Demodulation reference signal
  • DMRS is used for data channels, such as physical uplink share channel (PUSCH) or control channels, such as physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), etc.
  • PUSCH physical uplink share channel
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • Effective channel matrix estimation is used for detection and demodulation of data on the corresponding channel.
  • DMRS is usually precoded the same as the transmitted data signal, thereby ensuring that DMRS and data signals experience the same equivalent channel.
  • the DMRS vector sent by the transmitter is s
  • the data signal vector sent is x
  • the DMRS and data signals are precoded the same (multiplied by the same precoding matrix).
  • n represents additive noise.
  • the receiving end uses channel estimation algorithms, such as least square (LS) channel estimation, minimum mean square error (MMSE) channel estimation, etc., to obtain the equivalent channel estimate.
  • LS least square
  • MMSE minimum mean square error
  • Demodulation of the data signal can be completed based on the equivalent channel.
  • the transmitter can transmit multiple streams of data on the same time-frequency resources, and the receiver can recover all data.
  • DMRS is used to estimate the equivalent channel matrix, and its dimension can be NR ⁇ R, where NR represents the number of receiving antennas and R represents the number of transmission streams (also called the number of transmission layers and the number of spatial layers).
  • NR represents the number of receiving antennas
  • R represents the number of transmission streams (also called the number of transmission layers and the number of spatial layers).
  • one DMRS port corresponds to one transmission stream, that is, for MIMO transmission with R transmission streams, the required number of DMRS ports is R.
  • the DMRS ports corresponding to multiple transmission streams are orthogonal ports.
  • multiple DMRS need to be sent on multiple time-frequency resources.
  • Multiple DMRS corresponding to one port correspond to one DMRS sequence.
  • a DMRS sequence includes multiple DMRS sequence elements.
  • the nth DMRS sequence element in the DMRS sequence r l (n) can be generated by the following formula:
  • c(n) is a pseudo-random sequence
  • N C 1600
  • l represents the index value of an OFDM symbol in a time slot; is the number of symbols contained in a time slot; is a time slot index within a system frame; It is an initialization parameter, and its value can be 0 or 1; It can be configured by high-level signaling, which is related to the cell (identifier, ID), and can usually be equal to the cell ID; ⁇ represents the code division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group (group) index corresponding to the DMRS port.
  • CDM code division multiplexing
  • the DMRS sequence corresponding to a DMRS port can be mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource through the preset time-frequency resource mapping rules.
  • antenna port p corresponding to DMRS port p
  • the m-th sequence element r(m) in the corresponding DMRS sequence can be calculated according to the public
  • the mapping rule shown in Equation (6) is mapped to the RE with index (k, l) p, ⁇ :
  • the RE with index (k,l) p, ⁇ corresponds to the OFDM symbol with index l in a time slot in the time domain, and corresponds to the subcarrier with index k in the frequency domain.
  • is the subcarrier spacing; is the index of the starting OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol or the index of the reference OFDM symbol; is a power scaling factor;
  • w f (k′) is a frequency domain mask element corresponding to a subcarrier indexed as k′
  • w t (l′) is a time domain mask element corresponding to an OFDM symbol indexed as l′
  • m 2n+
  • the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and ⁇ corresponding to DMRS port p can be found in Table 1 or TS 38.211 Section 6.4.1.1.3.
  • the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and ⁇ corresponding to DMRS port p can be determined according to Table 2.
  • represents the index of the CDM group, and the DMRS ports in the same CDM group occupy the same time-frequency resources.
  • Figure 2 shows DMRS patterns for two configuration types.
  • REs with different filling patterns in Figure 2 represent different CDM groups;
  • P0, P1,..., P11 represent DMRS port 0 to DMRS port 11;
  • the numbers on the horizontal axis represent the index of the symbol in a time slot, and the numbers on the vertical axis represent The index of the subcarrier within an RB.
  • DMRS occupied symbol 0 and occupied symbols 0 and 1 in Figure 2 are only examples, and the symbols occupied by DMRS in one time slot may also be other symbols, such as occupied symbol 1, or occupied symbols 1 and 2.
  • CDM group 0 includes DMRS ports P0 and P1
  • CDM group 1 includes P2 and P3.
  • the CDM groups are Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) (mapped on different frequency domain resources); the DMRS ports included in the CMD group are mapped on the same time domain resources (in the frequency domain in the form of comb teeth). method for resource mapping).
  • FDM Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by orthogonal cover codes (OCC), thereby ensuring the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group.
  • the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 supports up to 8 orthogonal DMRS ports.
  • the 8 DMRS ports belong to 2 CDM groups (CDM group 0 and CDM group 1).
  • CDM group0 includes P0, P1, P4 and P5
  • CDM group 1 includes P2, P3, P6 and P7.
  • P0, P1, P4 and P5 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in the frequency domain in a comb-tooth manner.
  • P2, P3, P6 and P7 are located in the same RE and are mapped on the unoccupied subcarriers of P0, P1, P4 and P5 in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain.
  • the occupied two adjacent subcarriers and two OFDM symbols correspond to an OCC sequence of length 4 (can be obtained by referring to Table 1).
  • (c) and (d) of Figure 2 respectively correspond to the time-frequency resource mapping methods of single-symbol DMRS and dual-symbol DMRS of configuration type 2.
  • configuration type 2 single-symbol DMRS supports up to 6 orthogonal DMRS ports.
  • the 6 DMRS ports belong to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2).
  • CDM groups CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2
  • (d) of Figure 2 for dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2, up to 12 orthogonal DMRS ports are supported.
  • the 12 DMRS ports belong to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2).
  • the introduction of the CDM group with configuration type 2DMRS and the time-frequency resources occupied by each DMRS port is omitted here.
  • the network device needs to notify the terminal device of the assigned antenna port (DMRS port) and the DMRS configuration type. Therefore, the terminal device can perform the DMRS signal reception and channel estimation process in the corresponding time-frequency resources based on the allocated antenna port and in accordance with the DMRS symbol generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined by the protocol.
  • the NR protocol defines semi-static configuration of DMRS type through high-level signaling (for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling), and dynamic notification of allocated DMRS port index through downlink control information (DCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device configures the configuration type of DMRS through high-level signaling DMRS-DownlinkConfig, where the dmrs-Type field can be used to indicate whether it is type 1 or type 2 DMRS; the maxLength field can be used to indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or dual-symbol DMRS is used.
  • Symbol DMRS If maxLength is configured as len2, DCI can be used to further indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or dual-symbol DMRS is used; if the maxLength field is not configured, single-symbol DMRS is used.
  • DCI signaling contains the Antenna port field, which can be used to indicate the allocated DMRS port index.
  • Configuration table of DMRS port calling method indicates the "index value" column in the table, and each index value corresponds to one or more DMRS ports.
  • the terminal device can determine the following information through the DCI signaling sent by the network device and combined with Table 3 to Table 6:
  • the number of symbols occupied by DMRS can be indicated by the "Number of leading symbols" column in the table.
  • the value of the "Number of leading symbols” column is 1, it can mean that the number of symbols occupied by DMRS is 1, or in other words, it means that the DMRS It is a single-symbol DMRS; when the value of the "number of leading symbols” column is 2, it means that the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, or in other words, it means that the DMRS is a dual-symbol DMRS.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be indicated by the "number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data" column in Table 3 to Table 6. According to different DMRS configuration types, this field can take three values: 1, 2, and 3.
  • the value when the value is 1, it can indicate that the RE of the current CDM group 0 does not send data. For example, if the current timeslot schedules a port belonging to CDM group 0, then the RE of the current CDM group 0 does not send data, and the REs that are not mapped to DMRS on the symbols occupied by the currently scheduled DMRS can be scheduled for data; when the value is 2 , it can mean that the REs of the current CDM group 0 and CDM group1 do not send data; when the value is 3, it means that the REs of the current CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 do not send data.
  • network equipment and terminal equipment can determine the power ratio ⁇ DMRS of the DMRS port based on the “number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not send data”.
  • ⁇ DMRS may represent the ratio of the energy of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE to the energy of DMRS on each RE.
  • ⁇ DMRS can represent the ratio of the energy on each RE carrying data to the energy on each RE carrying DMRS.
  • the energy on RE can also be replaced by the power on RE.
  • the protocol indicates the corresponding relationship between "the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not send data" and ⁇ DMRS .
  • the value of ⁇ DMRS can be 0, -3, -4.77dB, corresponding to the power increase of 0dB, 3dB or 4.77dB for each RE carrying DMRS to each RE carrying PDSCH. .
  • the network device can further determine the power scaling factor based on the value of ⁇ DMRS The value of , as shown in formula (7):
  • network equipment can be based on The value of In other words, network equipment is based on Generate DMRS sequence.
  • the number of transmission layers of data streams increases, and the corresponding number of DMRS ports also needs to increase, that is, the DMRS ports supported by the current system need to be expanded.
  • Expanding the DMRS port can be implemented, for example, through frequency division multiplexing, that is, frequency domain resources of the existing DMRS port are multiplexed to the new DMRS port.
  • the DMRS port expansion scheme if the power ratio ⁇ DMRS of each DMRS port is indicated according to the method defined in the above NR protocol, the indication is not flexible enough.
  • the density of time-frequency resources occupied by a new DMRS port and an existing DMRS port may be different, and the power ratio ⁇ DMRS of DMRS ports occupying different time-frequency resource densities may be different.
  • the power ratio ⁇ DMRS of the existing DMRS ports may be different from that indicated in the NR protocol; secondly, the expanded DMRS ports (including existing DMRS ports and new (Add DMRS port)
  • the number of corresponding CDM groups may be greater than 3.
  • the current protocol does not currently support indicating the power ratio of the DMRS port in the above situation.
  • this application provides a method for transmitting and receiving reference signals by flexibly indicating the power of each reference signal port.
  • the ratio can increase the reference signal power of each reference signal port and improve the utilization of the reference signal transmission power.
  • the symbol in this application refers to the OFDM symbol.
  • symbol x in “symbol x” below represents the index of the symbol within a scheduling time unit. That is, “symbol x" represents the symbol with index x within one scheduling time unit. For example, symbol 0 represents the symbol with index 0 within a scheduling time unit.
  • DMRS port (Port)x represents the index of the DMRS port (or DMRS port number), that is, “DMRS port x" represents the DMRS port with index x.
  • DMRS port 0 represents the DMRS port with index 0.
  • the index of the symbol and the index of the DMRS port may start from 0 or 1, or other numbers, which is not limited in this application.
  • the index of the symbol and the index of the DMRS port starting from 0 are taken as an example for description.
  • the resource block RB involved in this application may refer to 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • the resource element RE refers to one subcarrier in the frequency domain and one symbol in the time domain.
  • the RE used to carry the reference signal is recorded as the reference signal RE.
  • the reference signal RE does not necessarily carry the reference signal on each port.
  • the RE it occupies can be determined based on the reference signal pattern.
  • the RE used to carry data is recorded as data RE.
  • the data RE and the reference signal RE can be frequency division multiplexing (FDM) or time division multiplexing (TDM). )of.
  • the density of time-frequency resources occupied by reference signals mentioned in the embodiments of this application may refer to the time-frequency resources (for example, RE) carrying the reference signals in a time-frequency resource group (for example, resource unit group (resource element group)). group, density in REG)).
  • the "density” may refer to the proportion of time-frequency resources used to carry reference signals in a time-frequency resource group to the time-frequency resources in a time-frequency resource group.
  • B represents the number of REs carrying reference signals in a REG (the number of REs occupied by reference signals)
  • P represents the number of all REs included in the REG, or P represents the REs carrying data corresponding to the reference signals.
  • the number (the number of REs occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal).
  • B can also represent the number of subcarriers carrying the reference signal (the number of subcarriers occupied by the reference signal) on the symbol corresponding to the reference signal in one RB
  • P represents the number of all subcarriers included in the RB.
  • P represents the number of subcarriers carrying data corresponding to the reference signal (the number of subcarriers occupied by data corresponding to the reference signal).
  • the comb degree of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be related to the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal.
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P0 port is 1/2, then the comb degree of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P0 port is 2, and the P0 port can It is called a port with a comb degree of 2 (can be recorded as Comb-2); the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P8 port is 1/4, then the reference signal of the P8 port occupies a comb of time-frequency resources
  • the degree is 4, and the P8 port can be called a port with a comb degree of 4 (can be recorded as Comb-4).
  • the situation of lending the transmission power of an idle port to an active port mentioned in the embodiment of this application is described in units of time-frequency resources. Specifically, it is described in units of RE.
  • An idle port can be understood as the RE occupied by the port that carries no signals
  • an active port can be understood as the RE occupied by the port carries signals (for example, including reference signals, data signals, etc.).
  • Lending the transmit power of an idle port to an active port can be understood as compensating (or misappropriating) the transmit power pre-configured for a certain RE (for example, recorded as RE#0) that does not carry signals on a certain port.
  • the other port carries an RE (for example, RE#1) of the reference signal, thereby achieving the effect of increasing the transmission power of the reference signal on RE#1.
  • RE#1 for example, RE#1
  • the network device in the following method may correspond to, for example, the network device 101 in FIG. 1, and the terminal device may be a device that communicates with the network device. Any one of the multiple terminal devices connected to the communication, such as any one of the terminal devices 102 to 107 in Figure 1.
  • the reference signal is DMRS as an example to describe the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, which shall not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • the reference signal in this application can be any reference signal that can be used for channel estimation, such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), or other reference signals that can be used to implement the same or similar functions.
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • the name of the reference signal may change, but as long as it is essentially the same as DMRS, the technical solution of this application should be applicable.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for transmitting and receiving reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 300 may include the following steps.
  • the network device determines the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the power ratio ⁇ is the power ratio corresponding to the currently scheduled reference signal port.
  • the network device may determine the reference signal of the currently scheduled reference signal port according to the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the configuration type of the reference signal, the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group and the first parameter. In other words, when the configuration type of the reference signal is determined, the power ratio ⁇ has a first corresponding relationship with the number of the first CDM group and the first parameter.
  • the currently scheduled reference signal port belongs to the first port set.
  • the first port set includes M reference signal ports, and the M reference signal ports may be the maximum number of reference signal ports that the system can support.
  • the M reference signal ports correspond to N CDM groups, and each of the N CDM groups corresponds to at least one reference signal port.
  • the at least one reference signal port multiplexes the same time-frequency resource, such as RE, in a code division manner.
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by at least one reference signal port corresponding to different CDM groups do not overlap. In other words, the same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between N CDM groups through frequency division.
  • M and N are integers greater than or equal to 2. .
  • the port set is introduced in this application only to facilitate the description of the relationship between reference signal ports occupying different time-frequency resources.
  • the above description of the first port set can also be understood as a description of the reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern.
  • the first port set corresponds to a reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern.
  • N and/or M corresponding to different reference signal configuration types are different.
  • the values of N and M may include the following situations.
  • Case 1 The value of N can be 3 or 4, and the value of M can be 6 or 8 respectively, or the value of M can be 12 or 16 respectively;
  • N can also be 4, 5 or 6, which corresponds to the value of M to 8, 10 or 12 respectively, or the value to which M corresponds to is 16, 20 or 24 respectively.
  • the first situation can correspond to the situation of extending the reference signal port supported by the existing reference signal configuration type 1 (refer to (a) and (b) of Figure 2);
  • the second situation can correspond to the situation of expanding the existing reference signal configuration type 2 (Refer to (c) and (d) of Figure 2) The case of supported reference signal port expansion.
  • reference signal patterns corresponding to the reference signal configuration types involved in this application can be referred to any of the drawings in Figures 4 to 7 and related descriptions.
  • the currently scheduled reference signal port may include at least one port among the reference signal ports supported by the first reference signal configuration type.
  • the first reference signal configuration type includes N 1 CDM groups, where N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the at least one port may include a first port, the first port corresponds to one CDM group among the N 1 CDM groups, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4 or 1/6.
  • the at least one port may also include a second port, the second port corresponds to one CDM group among the N 1 CDM groups, and the CDM group corresponding to the second port is different from the CDM group corresponding to the first port.
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port do not overlap with the time-frequency resources occupied by the first port (the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port are frequency division multiplexed with the time-frequency resources occupied by the first port).
  • the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port.
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port may include four situations.
  • N1 may be 3, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 1/2.
  • N 1 can be 4, the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4, and the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 0, or in other words , the second port is not included in the first reference signal configuration type, or in other words, the reference signal ports of the reference signal ports supported by the first reference signal configuration type all occupy the same density of time-frequency resources.
  • N can also be 5 or 6.
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/6
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 1 respectively. /3 or 0.
  • the reference signal configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal port is the first reference signal configuration type
  • the above-mentioned first CDM group can be the reference signal The CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups of the configuration type.
  • the CDM group corresponding to the currently scheduled reference signal port is a CDM group that does not transmit data.
  • the first parameter is associated with the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal.
  • the first parameter may include at least one of the following:
  • the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal is, for example, the index of the subcarrier occupied by the reference signal.
  • the network device determines the configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal.
  • the number of the first CDM group and the first parameter can determine the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the network device may determine the configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal based on the number of currently transmitted data streams.
  • the specific process of the network device determining the reference signal configuration type may refer to existing relevant descriptions.
  • the network device can determine the number of CDM groups that do not send data among the N CDM groups based on the currently scheduled reference signal ports.
  • the currently scheduled reference signal port corresponds to a reference signal configuration type, and the N CDM groups are the reference signals.
  • CDM group corresponding to the reference signal port supported by the configuration type. There is a second corresponding relationship between the currently scheduled reference signal port and the number of CDM groups that do not send data.
  • the second correspondence relationship may be pre-configured in the network device.
  • the second correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 16 to Table 21.
  • the network device may directly or indirectly determine the first parameter.
  • the network device may directly determine the index of the antenna port associated with the currently scheduled reference signal port.
  • the network device may determine the index of the time-frequency resource of the reference signal port by determining the index of the antenna port of the currently scheduled reference signal port, referring to the foregoing formula (6).
  • the network device may determine the density of the reference signal time-frequency resource by determining the index of the reference signal time-frequency resource.
  • the power ratio of the reference signal port can be indicated more flexibly (for example, different densities of occupied time-frequency resources can be indicated) The power ratio of the reference signal port), thereby increasing the transmission power of the reference signal.
  • the power ratio value may also be associated with the value of N, that is, the power ratio value is associated with the total number of CDM groups in the first port set, or in other words, is associated with the total number of CDM groups included in the current reference signal configuration type.
  • a reference signal port when the reference signal port is expanded, a reference signal port may correspond to an existing reference signal configuration type or a new reference signal configuration type.
  • the newly added reference signal configuration type can be understood as the reference signal configuration type including the new reference signal port.
  • the power that can be improved corresponding to the same first parameter and the first number of CDM groups may be different, that is, the power ratio may be different.
  • the power ratio can be associated with the value of N.
  • the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio ⁇ .
  • the terminal device receives the reference signal from the network device.
  • the network device may determine the power scaling factor based on the power ratio ⁇ And determine the reference signal based on the power scaling factor.
  • the power ratio ⁇ and the power scaling factor satisfy the following relationship:
  • the network device can map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency resource mapping rules, and use the time-frequency resource to The terminal device sends this reference signal.
  • the time-frequency resource mapping rule may refer to the above formula (6) and formula (7).
  • the time-frequency resource mapping rules can refer to Equation (8) to Equation (11).
  • the network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the configuration type of the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • step S330 may include the network device sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates the configuration type of the reference signal.
  • the first indication information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message.
  • the configuration type of the reference signal may be an existing reference signal configuration type or a new reference signal configuration type.
  • Step S330 may also include the network device sending second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information indicating the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the second indication information may be carried in downlink control information DCI.
  • the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal is the index of the antenna port associated with the currently scheduled reference signal.
  • the terminal device can determine the configuration type of the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal (an example of the first parameter), so that the first CDM group number can be determined based on the second correspondence. Further, the terminal device may determine the power ratio ⁇ of the currently scheduled reference signal port according to the first CDM group number, the first parameter and the first correspondence.
  • the terminal device can pre-configure the first corresponding relationship and the second corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal device may be based on the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  • the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal is determined, and then the power ratio ⁇ is determined based on the first corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal device determines the reference signal based on the power ratio.
  • the terminal device may determine the power scaling factor based on the power ratio ⁇ and based on this power scaling factor
  • the reference signal for details, reference may be made to the description of the network device determining the reference signal in S320.
  • the reference signal as DMRS as an example, and combining different DMRS configuration types, the following describes in detail the corresponding relationship between the power ratio ⁇ and the first parameter and the number of the first CDM group in S310. It should be understood that in Figures 4 to 7 mentioned below, the numbers on the horizontal axis represent the index of the symbol in a time slot, and the numbers on the vertical axis represent the index of the subcarrier in one RB.
  • the DMRS patterns shown in Figures 4 and 5 may be DMRS patterns extended to ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1.
  • the DMRS pattern shown in Figure 4 may be a DMRS pattern extended to the ports supported by single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 ((a) of Figure 4).
  • the DMRS pattern shown in Figure 5 may be a DMRS pattern extended to a port supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 ((a) of Figure 5).
  • the DMRS patterns shown in FIG6 and FIG7 may be DMRS patterns obtained by expanding the ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2.
  • the DMRS pattern shown in FIG6 may be a DMRS pattern obtained by expanding the ports supported by single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 (such as (a) in FIG6 ).
  • the DMRS pattern shown in FIG7 may be a DMRS pattern obtained by expanding the ports supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 (such as (a) in FIG7 ).
  • Figure 4 (b) and Figure 4 (c) show DMRS patterns corresponding to two new DMRS configuration types (for simplicity, they are marked as DMRS configuration type 1a and DMRS configuration type 1b respectively).
  • CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 can be sparsely designed to obtain DMRS configuration type 1a and DMRS configuration type 1b.
  • DMRS configuration type 1a is a sparse design of CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1.
  • the sparse design of CDM group 1 is as follows: Frequency division multiplexing of part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 1 to add two new DMRS ports (for example, ports P10 and P11).
  • the time-frequency resources of the corresponding DMRS ports of CDM group 0 are not changes occur. It can also be said that the time-frequency resources of CDM group 1 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 2 and CDM group 3). Among them, CDM group 2 corresponds to the new ports P10 and P11.
  • the time-frequency resources corresponding to the original ports P2 and P3 have changed.
  • the original P2 and P3 can be The P3 port index is updated to P8 and P9.
  • P8 and P9 correspond to CDM group 3, and P8 and P9 can also be called new ports.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 6 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P8 to P11).
  • the 6 DMRS ports correspond to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group2, CDM group3).
  • the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1a
  • the value of the total number of CDM groups N is 3 and the value of M is 6.
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 2 or CDM group 3 (including the above-mentioned first port) is 1/4; the DMRS occupation of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 0 (including the above-mentioned second port) is The density of time-frequency resources is 1/2.
  • a currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) is used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to the DMRS configuration type 1a.
  • the DMRS port #1 may be any DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 1a.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 1a may be 1, 2 or 3.
  • the power ratio is different.
  • the determination of the power ratio includes two situations.
  • DMRS port #1 is an existing port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/2 (Comb-2 port).
  • Comb-2 port For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P0 as an example.
  • the situation where DMRS port #1 is P1 is similar to the situation where DMRS port #1 is P0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 carries the DMRS port #1 corresponding data (for example, PDSCH).
  • there is no RE that can "borrow" power that is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is the same as the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is 0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to one of the CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 does not Carrying signals, the RE corresponding to another CDM group carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1.
  • the power of REs that do not carry signals can be "borrowed" to REs that carry DMRS. Since the number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 2 or CDM group 3) is 1/2 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to 1.5 times the original. That is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 1.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(1.5), which is -1.76dB.
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 do not carry signals.
  • the number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 2 and CDM group 3) is 1 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1. Therefore, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to 2 times. That is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is twice the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, and the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • DMRS port #1 is P8, P9, P10 or P11
  • DMRS port #1 is a newly added port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/4 (Comb-4 port).
  • DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/4 (Comb-4 port).
  • Comb-4 port a time-frequency resource density of 1/4
  • the following takes DMRS port #1 as P8 as an example.
  • the situation where DMRS port #1 is P9, P10 or P11 is similar to DMRS port #1 being P8.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 and CDM group 2 carries the DMRS port #1 corresponding data (e.g., PDSCH).
  • the power ratio is 0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to a CDM group in the CDM group 0 and CDM group 2 does not Carrying signals, the RE corresponding to another CDM group carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1.
  • the power of REs that do not carry signals can be "borrowed" to REs that carry DMRS.
  • the number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 2) is at least twice the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1.
  • the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to at least 2 times of the original, that is, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to at least 2 times.
  • the power of each RE of DMRS is at least 2 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 3 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
  • the total number of the CDM group may be 4.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times of the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
  • DMRS configuration type 1b is a sparse design of CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. Specifically, part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 1 is frequency division multiplexed with the new two DMRS ports (such as P10 and P11), and part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 0 is frequency division multiplexed with the new Two additional DMRS ports (such as P14 and P15). It can also be said that the time-frequency resources of CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are divided into two groups.
  • the time-frequency resources of CDM group 0 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 4 and CDM group 5); the time-frequency resources of CDM group 1 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 ).
  • CDM group 4 corresponds to the new ports P12 and P13
  • CDM group 3 corresponds to the new ports P8 and P9
  • CDM group 5 corresponds to the new ports P14 and P15
  • CDM group 2 correspond to the new ports P10 and P11.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 8 DMRS ports (P8 to P15), and 8 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 8.
  • the following takes the currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) as any one of the DMRS ports supported by the DMRS configuration type 1b as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to the DMRS configuration type 1b.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times. , that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 1b may be 1, 2, 3 or 4. That is, the value of N 2 can be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • N 1 is 2, 3 or 4
  • the corresponding power ratios are -10*log10(2), -10*log10(3) or -10*log10(4) respectively, which is -3dB, -4.77dB or -6dB.
  • Figure 5(b) and Figure 5(c) show DMRS patterns corresponding to two new DMRS configuration types (denoted as DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d respectively).
  • the DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d may be DMRS configuration types extended to the ports supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1.
  • CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 can be sparsely designed to obtain DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d.
  • DMRS configuration type 1c is a sparse design of CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1.
  • DMRS configuration type 1d is a sparse design of CDM group0 and CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1.
  • the sparse design of CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 is similar to the sparse design of CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in Figure 4, and will not be described again.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 12 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P4, P5, P8-P15).
  • 12 DMRS ports correspond to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 3 and CDM group 2). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 3, and the value of M is 12.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 16 DMRS ports (P8 to P23).
  • 16 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group 2 to CDM group 5). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 16.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not send data can be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • the first corresponding relationship is similar to the case where the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1a or 1b, and will not be described again.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 8.
  • the index of the new port in order to distinguish existing ports from new ports, can be set to be greater than or equal to "x".
  • x can be the maximum index of the existing port plus n.
  • the value of n may be 1.
  • the existing port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1
  • the value of x can be 8. Therefore, existing ports (ports supported by existing DMRS configuration type 1) and new ports can be distinguished through the relationship between the DMRS port index and "8". That is, the "antenna port” column may be indicated as a size relationship with "8".
  • the value of n can also be greater than 1, which is not limited in this application.
  • the “antenna port” may also indicate an index of a specific antenna port, for example, the “antenna port” column may be indicated as “8, 9, 10 . . . ”.
  • the "antenna port” may also indicate the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, the index of the subcarrier) or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, 1/2, 1/4 or 1/6 ).
  • the network device or the terminal device can determine the information of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS port through the index of the DMRS port, For example, the index of time-frequency resources and the density of time-frequency resources.
  • DMRS port P0 or P1 it may belong to the existing DMRS configuration type 1, or may belong to DMRS configuration type 1a or DMRS configuration type 1c.
  • the power ratio can be associated with the total number of CDM groups in the DMRS configuration type.
  • the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d can be as shown in Table 9 below.
  • DMRS ports while adding DMRS ports, it can also be compatible with existing terminal equipment (Rel.15 terminals, or terminal equipment that supports existing ports), that is, the terminal equipment provided by this application and only Supports multi-user pairing of terminal equipment with existing standard capabilities.
  • existing terminal equipment Rel.15 terminals, or terminal equipment that supports existing ports
  • Existing terminal equipment does not require any hardware and software updates.
  • Compatibility with existing terminal equipment means that when performing multi-user pairing, existing terminal equipment and new terminal equipment (Rel.18 terminals, or terminal equipment that supports new ports) can be scheduled together on the same time-frequency resources. transmission.
  • DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d when the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1, DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d, it is assumed that DMRS configuration type 1, DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d correspond to other ports supported All time and frequency resources are used to carry DMRS, or in other words, it is assumed that all other ports are occupied.
  • the first correspondence relationship is as shown in Table 10.
  • the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1.
  • the REs corresponding to CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 1 carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 1. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original value, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1a or 1c, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a newly added port.
  • the REs corresponding to CDM group 0, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 in the DMRS configuration type carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the scheduled port is an existing port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), that is, -3dB; when the scheduled port is a newly added port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to four times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), that is, -6dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1b or 1d, and the scheduled DMRS ports are all new ports.
  • CDM group 2 to CDM The RE corresponding to group 5 carries the DMRS reference signal.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 4 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), which is -6dB.
  • multiple currently scheduled DMRS ports are used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 1a to 1d.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/2 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/4 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, subcarriers used to carry DMRS.
  • the total power of the carrier is 9E. 2/3 of the 9E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/2, and 1/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/4. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS port according to the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/2 and/or a density of 1/4, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) in the DMRS configuration type that occupy a density of 1/2 of the time-frequency resources
  • n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) in the DMRS configuration type that occupy a density of 1/4 of the time-frequency resources.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes from 0 to 11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of the subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E.
  • 1/2 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/2, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/4. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as follows:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port to be -3dB based on the above formula.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy a time-frequency resource density of 1/4 in the DMRS configuration type.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port based on the number k of CDM groups that do not send data in the current DMRS configuration type.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 11.
  • the DMRS corresponding to the three new DMRS configuration types are recorded as DMRS configuration type 2a, DMRS configuration type 2b and DMRS configuration type 2c respectively) pattern.
  • one CDM group from CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2a; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed. Any two CDM groups in CDM group 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2b; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2c.
  • the sparse design of CDM group can be referred to the description in Figure 4.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 8 DMRS ports (P0 to P3, P12 to P15), and 8 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1, CDM group 3, CDM group 4). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 8. And the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group0 or CDM group 1 is 1/3, and the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 3 or CDM group4 is 1/6.
  • a currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) is used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to DMRS configuration type 2a.
  • the DMRS port #1 may be any DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 2a.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type A may be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
  • the power ratio is different.
  • DMRS port #1 is P0, P1, P2 or P3
  • DMRS port #1 is an existing port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies 1/3 of the time-frequency resource density.
  • DMRS port #1 is P0 as an example.
  • DMRS port #1 is P1, P2 or P3, which is similar to DMRS port #1 being P0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 1 CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 carry the DMRS port# 1 corresponding data (for example, PDSCH).
  • the power ratio is 0.
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 1 does not carry signals
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 RE carries data corresponding to DMRS port #1.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 1 and CDM group 3 do not need to carry signals.
  • CDM group The RE corresponding to 4 carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 2.5 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2.5), which is -3.98dB.
  • the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 do not need to carry the DMRS reference signal. Signal.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
  • DMRS port #1 is P12, P13, P14 or P15
  • DMRS port #1 is a newly added port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/6.
  • DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/6.
  • P12 For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P12 as an example.
  • the situation where DMRS port #1 is P13, P14 or P15 is similar to DMRS port #1 being P12.
  • the power ratio is 0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least one RE among the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 It does not need to carry signals.
  • the number of REs that can be borrowed is 1 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port 2, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least two of the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 RE does not need to carry signals.
  • the number of REs that can be borrowed is twice the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least 3 of the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 RE does not need to carry signals.
  • the number of REs that can be borrowed is 4 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), which is -6dB.
  • DMRS port #1 when DMRS port #1 is a new port, the number of CDM groups that do not send data in DMRS configuration type 2a is N 2 , and the corresponding power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ), N 2 >1 .
  • the total number of the CDM group can be 6.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to the original N 2 times, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ), N 2 >1.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 10 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P12 to P19).
  • 10 DMRS ports correspond to 5 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 3 to CDM group 6). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 5, and the value of M is 10.
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 0 is 1/3
  • the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to any one of CDM group 3 to CDM group 6 is 1/6 .
  • the following takes the currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) as any one of the DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to DMRS configuration type 2b.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2b may be any one from 1 to 5.
  • DMRS port #1 is P0 or P1.
  • the following description takes DMRS port #1 as P0 as an example.
  • the power ratio is 0.
  • the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to any CDM group among the CDM group 3 to CDM group 6 No signal is carried, and the RE corresponding to the other CDM groups carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1.
  • the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 1.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(1.5), which is -1.76dB.
  • the power of each RE carrying DMRS is twice the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 2.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2.5 ), which is -3.98dB.
  • the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 3 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3 ), which is -4.77dB.
  • DMRS port #1 is any one from P12 to P19
  • the power ratio value is 0.
  • the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
  • N 1 being 2, 3, 4 or 5
  • the power ratios are -3dB, -4.77dB, -6dB or -6.99dB respectively.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 12 DMRS ports (P12 to P23), and the 12 DMRS ports correspond to 6 CDM groups (CDM group 3 to CDM group8). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 6, and the value of M is 12.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times. , that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
  • the value of N 2 can be any one from 1 to 6.
  • the power ratio is -3dB, -4.77dB, -6dB, -6.99dB or -7.78dB respectively.
  • the DMRS patterns corresponding to the three new DMRS configuration types are respectively recorded as DMRS configuration type 2d, DMRS configuration type 2e and DMRS configuration type 2f.
  • one CDM group from CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2d; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be obtained. Any two CDM groups in CDM group 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2e; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2f. Among them, the sparse design of CDM group can be referred to the description in Figure 4.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 16 DMRS ports (P0-P3, P6-P8 and P12-P19).
  • 16 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group0, CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4). That is, the value of N above is 4, and the value of M is 16.
  • CDM groups CDM group0, CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4
  • N the value of N above is 4
  • M is 16.
  • DMRS configuration type 2a For the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to the CDM group, please refer to DMRS configuration type 2a.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 20 DMRS ports.
  • 20 DMRS ports correspond to 5 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 5, and the value of M is 20.
  • the DMRS pattern supports up to 24 DMRS ports.
  • 24 DMRS ports correspond to 6 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 6, and the value of M is 24.
  • the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data may be any one from 1 to 6.
  • the first corresponding relationship is similar to the case where the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2a to 2c, and will not be described again.
  • the scheduled DMRS port belongs to DMRS configuration type 2 or any one of DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f
  • the first corresponding relationship is as shown in Table 12.
  • the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, DMRS configuration type 2a to DMRS configuration type 2f, it is assumed that DMRS configuration type 2, DMRS configuration type 2a to DMRS configuration type 2f are supported by other ports corresponding to All time and frequency resources are used to carry DMRS, or in other words, it is assumed that all other ports are occupied.
  • the first correspondence relationship is as shown in Table 13.
  • the index of the new port in order to distinguish existing ports from new ports, can be set to be greater than or equal to "x".
  • x can be the maximum index of the existing port plus n.
  • the value of n may be 1.
  • the existing port when the existing port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, the value of x may be 12. Therefore, existing ports (ports supported by existing DMRS configuration type 2) and new ports can be distinguished through the relationship between the index of the DMRS port and "12". That is, the "antenna port” column may be indicated as a size relationship to "12".
  • the value of n can also be greater than 1, which is not limited in this application.
  • antenna port may also indicate the index of a specific antenna port.
  • the “antenna port” column is indicated as “12, 13,".
  • the "antenna port” may also indicate the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, the index of the subcarrier) or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, 1/2, 1/4 or 1/6 ).
  • the scheduled DMRS port is the port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 2 carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 1. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2.
  • the REs corresponding to CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in DMRS configuration type 2 carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0, CDM group 1 or CDM group 2. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2a or 2d, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a new port.
  • CDM REs corresponding to group 0, CDMgroup 1, CDMgroup 3 and CDM group 4 carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB; when the scheduled port When the port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(6), which is -7.78dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or 2e, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a new port.
  • CDM group 0, CDMgroup REs corresponding to CDM group 3 to 6 carry DMRS reference signals.
  • the scheduled port is an existing port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB; when the scheduled port When the port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(6), which is -7.78dB.
  • the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2c or 2f, and the scheduled DMRS ports are all new ports.
  • CDM group 3 to CDM The RE corresponding to group 8 carries the DMRS reference signal.
  • the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, which is -7.78dB.
  • multiple currently scheduled DMRS ports are used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS
  • the total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 4/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS port according to the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
  • the power of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as follows:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, and 8 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 6E. 2/3 of the 9E are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the subcarriers used to carry DMRS
  • the total power is 8E. 1/2 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port to be -3dB based on the above formula.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS
  • the total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 2/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 3/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) whose density of occupied time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type is 1/3
  • n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (newly added ports) whose density of occupied time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type is 1/6.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes from 0 to 11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 1/3 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 2/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the currently scheduled DMRS configuration type 2c or 2f.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the corresponding power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS based on the number k of CDM groups that do not send data in the current DMRS configuration type. Port power ratio.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 14.
  • the network device or terminal device can determine the value of ⁇ according to the DMRS configuration type. For example, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4, n 1 is 1 and n 2 is 2, if the DMRS configuration type is 2a or 2d, the value of ⁇ is -3.52dB; if the DMRS configuration type If the type is 2b or 2e, the value of ⁇ is -0.27dB.
  • Table 14 is only an example of the first correspondence relationship.
  • the first correspondence relationship may also be a sub-table of table 14 , that is, the first correspondence relationship may include some rows of table 14 .
  • the current schedule Multiple DMRS ports are taken as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, and 8 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of the subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 6E .
  • 2/3 of the 6E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the subcarriers used to carry DMRS
  • the total power is 8E. 1/2 of the 6E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS
  • the total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 2/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 3/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) in the DMRS configuration type whose density of occupied time-frequency resources is 1/3
  • n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (newly added ports) in the DMRS configuration type whose density of occupied time-frequency resources is 1/6.
  • REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS
  • the total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 4/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each
  • the power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes 0-11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 1/3 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 2/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
  • n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type
  • n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
  • REs with subcarrier indexes of 0-11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 2/3 of the 12E are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
  • the power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
  • the power ratio ⁇ can be expressed as the following formula:
  • the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port based on the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports occupying 1/3 and/or 1/6 of the time-frequency resources, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 .
  • the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS ports corresponding to different CDM groups is the same.
  • the first corresponding relationship may be as shown in Table 15.
  • the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can flexibly indicate the power ratio of each DMRS port, thereby increasing the transmission power of the reference signal.
  • the network device can determine based on the first correspondence relationship shown in Tables 8 to 15 Power ratio of scheduled DMRS ports.
  • the number of the first CDM group is the "number of CDM groups that do not send data" shown in Table 8 to Table 15.
  • the network device After the network device determines the power ratio of the scheduled DMRS port according to the first correspondence relationship shown in Table 8 to Table 15, the network device can also map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency resource mapping rule. (Refer to S320).
  • the time-frequency resource mapping rules will be described in detail below in conjunction with the DMRS configuration types shown in Figures 4 to 7.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • c It represents the expansion capability coefficient.
  • the specific value is as shown in any one of Table 22 to Table 25.
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′
  • c It represents the expansion capability coefficient. The specific value is as shown in any one of Table 22 to Table 25.
  • r(n) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • Table 22 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 1;
  • Table 23 corresponds to the pattern obtained by double-sign extension of configuration type 1;
  • Table 24 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-sign extension of configuration type 2;
  • Table 25 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-sign extension of configuration type 2 Pattern obtained by configuring type 2 double sign extension.
  • the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port; when the port index value is 4 to 11, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port.
  • This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
  • the port index value of the new port can also be 8 to 15. That is, the antenna port P index values 1004 to 1011 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1008 to 1015 in sequence.
  • the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port, and when the port index value is 6 to 17, the corresponding DMRS port is a newly added port.
  • This application does not limit the index value of the newly added DMRS port.
  • the port index value of the newly added port can also be 12 to 23. That is, the antenna port P index values 1006 to 1017 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1012 to 1023 in sequence.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′, specifically The values are as shown in Table 26 to Table 29
  • r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′
  • w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′, specifically The values are as shown in Table 26 to Table 29
  • r(n) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
  • Table 26 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 1;
  • Table 27 corresponds to the pattern obtained by double-sign extension of configuration type 1;
  • Table 28 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 2;
  • Table 29 corresponds to Obtained from double sign extension of configuration type 2 pattern.
  • the corresponding DMRS port is a new port.
  • This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
  • the port index value of the new port can also be 8 to 15. That is, the antenna port P index values 1004 to 1011 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1008 to 1015 in sequence.
  • the corresponding DMRS port is a new port.
  • This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
  • the port index value of the new port can also be 12 to 23. That is, the antenna port P index values 1006 to 1017 in Table 28 can be replaced with 1012 to 1023 in sequence.
  • the network device can send the DMRS to the terminal device. Further, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device (refer to S330), the indication information DMRS configuration type, and the scheduled DMRS port.
  • the DMRS configuration type indicated by the network device may include any of the DMRS configuration types shown in Figures 4 to 7; the scheduled DMRS port indicated by the network device may be any row in Table 16 to Table 21. Therefore, the terminal device can receive DMRS based on the power ratio on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the instruction information of the network device.
  • the above mainly introduces the scheme of sending reference signals in downlink communication, and the following briefly introduces the scheme of sending reference signals in uplink communication.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method 800 for sending and receiving reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step in the method 800 is briefly described below, taking the reference signal as DMRS.
  • the network device determines a scheduled DMRS port.
  • the network device may determine the scheduled DMRS port according to the number of currently transmitted data streams.
  • the scheduled DMRS port corresponds to a DMRS configuration type.
  • the scheduled DMRS port belongs to a DMRS port set (first port set), and the first port set includes M DMRS ports.
  • the scheduled DMRS port is one or more of the M DMRS ports.
  • the M DMRS ports may be the most DMRS ports supported by the system.
  • the M DMRS ports correspond to N CDM groups.
  • the values of M and N may be different.
  • the description of the first port set and the values of N and M may refer to S310.
  • S820 The network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
  • the indication information includes indication information (first indication information) used to indicate the DMRS configuration type, or in other words, the first indication information is used to indicate the configuration type of the currently scheduled DMRS.
  • the indication information may be sent through RRC.
  • the indication information also includes indication information (second indication information) used to indicate the scheduled DMRS port, or in other words, the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS port configured by the network device.
  • the indication information may be sent through DCI.
  • the terminal device determines the power ratio ⁇ according to the indication information.
  • the power ratio ⁇ is associated with the configuration type of the DMRS, the number of the first CDM group and the first parameter.
  • the first parameter is associated with the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal.
  • the first parameter may include at least one of the following:
  • the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal is, for example, the index of the subcarrier occupied by the reference signal.
  • the terminal device may determine the configuration type of the reference signal according to the indication information from the network device.
  • the terminal device may determine the number of the first CDM group based on the currently scheduled DMRS port and the second corresponding relationship.
  • the second correspondence includes a correspondence between the currently scheduled DMRS ports and the number of the first CDM group.
  • the terminal device may determine the power ratio ⁇ according to the DMRS configuration type, the first parameter, and the number of the first CDM group.
  • S840 The terminal device sends DMRS based on the power ratio ⁇ on the scheduled DMRS port.
  • the network device receives the DMRS from the terminal device on the scheduled DMRS port.
  • the terminal device may also determine the DMRS based on the power ratio ⁇ , and map the DMRS sequence to the corresponding time-frequency resources according to the time-frequency resource mapping rule.
  • the terminal device's determination of DMRS based on the power ratio is similar to the network device's determination of DMRS. For details, please refer to the description in S320.
  • the method for transmitting a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 2 to 8 .
  • the following describes the communication device, network equipment and terminal equipment provided by the present application with reference to FIGS. 9 to 12 .
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 900 includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the transceiver unit 910 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions.
  • the transceiver unit 910 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the processing unit 920 can be used to perform data processing.
  • the communication device 900 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 920 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned methods.
  • a storage unit which can be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 920 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned methods.
  • the communication device 900 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 910 can be used to perform the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the above method embodiment, such as the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8;
  • the processing unit 920 can be used to perform the operations related to the processing of the network device in the above method embodiment, such as the operations related to the processing of the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8.
  • the communication device 900 may be the terminal device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component (such as a chip) of the terminal device.
  • the communication device 900 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 910 can be used to perform the transceiver-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, such as the transceiver-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8;
  • the processing unit 920 can be used to perform the above method.
  • the processing-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment are the processing-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment as shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 8 .
  • Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 includes a processor 1010 coupled to a memory 1030 .
  • a memory 1030 is also included for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1030, or read the data stored in the memory 1030 to perform the above. Methods in Method Examples.
  • processors 1010 there are one or more processors 1010 .
  • the memory 1030 is integrated with the processor 1010, or is provided separately.
  • the device 1000 further includes a transceiver 1020, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals.
  • the processor 1010 is used to control the transceiver 1020 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the apparatus 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1030 to implement the relevant operations of the network device in the above various method embodiments.
  • FIG. 11 shows a simplified schematic structural diagram of a base station.
  • the base station includes part 1110 and part 1120.
  • Part 1112 is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; part 1120 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • Part 1110 can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc.
  • Part 1120 is usually the control center of the base station, which can generally be called a processing unit, and is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1110 can also be called a transceiver or transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in part 1110 can be regarded as a receiving unit
  • the device used to implement the sending function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, part 1110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
  • Section 1120 may include one or more single boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processors at the same time. device.
  • the transceiver unit of part 1110 is used to perform transceiver-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in Figures 3 to 8; part 1120 is used to perform the implementation shown in Figures 3 to 8 The processing-related steps performed by the network device in the example.
  • FIG11 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned network device including the transceiver unit and the processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG11.
  • the chip When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1030 to implement the relevant operations of the terminal device in the above various method embodiments.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1010 .
  • the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1030.
  • the processor 1010 reads the information in the memory 1030 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • FIG. 12 shows a simplified structural schematic diagram of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal equipment includes processor, memory, radio frequency circuits, antennas, and input and output devices.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, etc.
  • Memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • Radio frequency circuits are mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 12 In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. Memory can also be called storage media or storage devices.
  • the memory may be provided independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this application.
  • the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220.
  • the transceiver unit 1210 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the processing unit 1220 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, etc.
  • the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1210 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit 1210 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1210 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes also be called a transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit.
  • the sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, transmitter or transmitting circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 1210 is configured to perform receiving operations of the terminal devices in FIGS. 3 to 8 .
  • the processing unit 1220 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in FIGS. 3 to 8 .
  • FIG12 is merely an example and not a limitation, and the terminal device including the transceiver unit and the processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG12 .
  • the chip When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface;
  • the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the The network device performs the method for sending a reference signal as described in any one of the preceding items.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be used to perform the steps of sending and receiving by the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit may be used to perform other steps of the network device in the above method embodiment except sending and receiving.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored.
  • the characteristic is that when the computer program or instructions are executed, the computer performs the sending reference as described in any one of the preceding paragraphs. Signal.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes: computer program code.
  • the computer program code When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the network device and terminal device in the above embodiment.
  • the communication system includes: the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment described above in conjunction with FIGS. 3 to 8 .
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method for sending and receiving a reference signal, and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: a network device determining a power ratio β; and the network device sending a reference signal to a terminal device on the basis of the power ratio β, wherein the power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and the number of first code division multiplexing (CDM) groups, the first parameter is associated with a first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the first CDM groups are CDM groups that do not send data. A power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of a reference signal and the number of first CDM groups, such that the power ratio of a reference signal port can be indicated more flexibly, and thus the transmission power for sending the reference signal can be improved.

Description

发送和接收参考信号的方法、通信装置Method and communication device for transmitting and receiving reference signals
本申请要求于2022年09月20日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211143839.1、发明名称为“发送和接收参考信号的方法、通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on September 20, 2022, with the application number 202211143839.1 and the invention title "Method and communication device for transmitting and receiving reference signals", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference. in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及发送和接收参考信号的方法、通信装置。Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communications, and more specifically, to methods and communications devices for transmitting and receiving reference signals.
背景技术Background technique
多输入多输出(multiple input multiple output,MIMO)技术是第五代(the 5th Generation,5G)通信的关键技术之一。当采用MIMO传输数据时,接收端设备可以根据接收到的参考信号(例如,解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS))进行信道估计。Multiple input multiple output (MIMO) technology is one of the key technologies of the fifth generation (the 5th Generation, 5G) communications. When MIMO is used to transmit data, the receiving device can perform channel estimation based on the received reference signal (for example, demodulation reference signal (DMRS)).
参考信号的发射功率是影响信道估计的准确性的因素之一。当发射功率较大时,信道估计的准确性也较高。为了充分利用发射功率,提高信道估计的准确性,现有技术中采用了全功率利用(full power tilization)原则,即在同一时频资源(例如,资源单元(resource element,RE))上,将空闲端口的发射功率借给活跃端口使用。该活跃端口从空闲端口借用来的功率与网络设备预先配置给该活跃端口的初始发射功率间的关系可以通过功率增强(power boosting)值(或者称,功率补偿值、偏移量(offset value)等)来表示。The transmit power of the reference signal is one of the factors that affects the accuracy of channel estimation. When the transmit power is larger, the accuracy of channel estimation is also higher. In order to make full use of the transmit power and improve the accuracy of channel estimation, the existing technology adopts the principle of full power utilization, that is, on the same time-frequency resource (for example, resource element (RE)), The transmit power of the idle port is lent to the active port. The relationship between the power borrowed by the active port from the idle port and the initial transmit power pre-configured by the network device to the active port can be determined by the power boosting value (or power compensation value, offset value) etc.) to express.
新无线(new radio,NR)协议中预先定义了不同端口对应的功率增强值,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示确定各端口的功率增强值。然而,针对有更多端口需求的场景,采用现有的协议来指示各端口的功率增强值往往不够灵活。The power enhancement value corresponding to different ports is predefined in the new radio (NR) protocol, and the terminal device can determine the power enhancement value of each port according to the instructions of the network device. However, for scenarios that require more ports, using existing protocols to indicate the power enhancement value of each port is often not flexible enough.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种发送和接收参考信号的方法、通信装置,能够支持更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,进而可以提高发送参考信号的发射功率。Embodiments of the present application provide a method and communication device for transmitting and receiving reference signals, which can support more flexible indication of the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the transmission power of the reference signal.
第一方面,提供了一种发送参考信号的方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。The first aspect provides a method for sending a reference signal. The method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device. This application is not limited to this.
该方法包括网络设备确定功率比值β;该网络设备基于该功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号;其中,该功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,该第一参数与该参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,该第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。The method includes a network device determining a power ratio β; the network device sends a reference signal to a terminal device based on the power ratio β; wherein the power ratio β is related to a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a first code division multiplexing CDM The first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
基于上述方案,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,网络设备可以灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,进而可以提高发送参考信号的发射功率。Based on the above solution, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the The transmit power used to send the reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
基于上述方案,网络设备可以通过参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值中的至少一种,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量,灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,进而可以提高发送参考信号的发射功率。Based on the above solution, the network device can use the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the time-frequency resource occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal. At least one of the ratios of the numbers, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, thereby improving the transmission power of sending the reference signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,该第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,该N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,该N为大于或等于3的整数。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in a first port set, and the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
示例性地,该第一端口集合中的端口可以是系统中一种参考信号配置类型或参考信号图样支持的 端口。For example, the ports in the first port set may be supported by a reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern in the system. port.
基于上述方案,对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值大于或等于3的情况,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, for the reference signal port supported by the system corresponding to N CDM groups, and the value of N is greater than or equal to 3, by combining the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first code division multiplexing The number of CDM groups is associated, which can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4; or, the N is 4 or 5 or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
基于上述方案,对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值可以为3、4、5或6中的任一个,且对于该系统支持的参考信号端口中存在占用的时频资源的密度为1/4或1/6的参考信号端口的情况,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above scheme, for the reference signal ports supported by the system corresponding to N CDM groups, the value of N can be any one of 3, 4, 5 or 6, and for the case where there are reference signal ports with an occupied time-frequency resource density of 1/4 or 1/6 among the reference signal ports supported by the system, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the power ratio of the reference signal port can be indicated more flexibly.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口集合还包括第二端口,该第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the first port set also includes a second port, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the second reference signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
基于上述方案,对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值大于或等于3,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, when the reference signal ports supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, the value of N is greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports occupying different density of time-frequency resources in the reference signal port, by dividing the power ratio β is associated with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, and can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数还包括该N的值。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first parameter further includes the value of N.
基于上述方案,对于当前调度的参考信号包括现有的参考信号端口的情况,也可以灵活地指示其功率比值。Based on the above solution, when the currently scheduled reference signal includes an existing reference signal port, its power ratio can also be flexibly indicated.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding to the reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
基于上述方案,通过网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,可以使得该终端设备根据该指示信息确定参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子向该终端设备发送该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network device determines a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β. The network device is based on the power scaling factor Sending the reference signal to the terminal device; wherein the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfies the following relationship:
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上,通过该时频资源向终端设备发送该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and send the reference signal to the terminal device through the time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, the power scaling factor And the power ratio β sum satisfies the following relationship: w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; c represents the expansion capability coefficient; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上,通过该时频资源向终端设备发送该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the network device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and send the reference signal to the terminal device through the time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, which And the power ratio β satisfies the following relationship: wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′, wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
基于上述方案,在对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值可能大于或等于3,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况下,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,网络设备可以灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,基于该功率比值以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到相应地时频资源上,通过该时频资源发送参考信号。Based on the above solution, when the reference signal ports supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports occupying different densities of time-frequency resources in the reference signal port, through By associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, based on the power ratio and time-frequency resources The mapping rule maps the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and the reference signal is sent through the time-frequency resource.
第二方面,提供了一种接收参考信号的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。The second aspect provides a method for receiving a reference signal. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. This application is not limited to this.
该方法包括终端设备确定功率比值β;该终端设备基于该功率比值β接收参考信号;其中,该功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,该第一参数与该参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,该第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。The method includes a terminal device determining a power ratio β; the terminal device receiving a reference signal based on the power ratio β; wherein the power ratio β is related to a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and the number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups The first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
基于上述方案,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,终端设备可以灵活地根据参考信号端口的功率比值接收参考信号。Based on the above solution, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the terminal device can flexibly receive the reference signal according to the power ratio of the reference signal port.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
基于上述方案,终端设备可以通过参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值中的至少一种,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量,灵活地确定参考信号端口的功率比值,并接收参考信号。Based on the above solution, the terminal device can use the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the time-frequency resource occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal. At least one of the ratios of the numbers, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port, and receive the reference signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,该第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,该N个CDM 组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,该N为大于或等于3的整数。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in the first port set, and the first port set The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the N CDM The time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the group do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口集合还包括第二端口,该第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数还包括该N的值。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first parameter further includes the value of N.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;该终端设备根据该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型以及该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定该功率比值β。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the signal, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the power according to the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal Ratio β.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该终端设备基于该功率缩放因子接收该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β The end device is based on this power scaling factor Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则在相应的时频资源上接收该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules to receive the reference signal on the corresponding time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, which And the power ratio β satisfies the following relationship: wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′, wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′; c represents the expansion capability coefficient; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则在相应的时频资源上接收该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the terminal device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules to receive the reference signal on the corresponding time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, the power scaling factor And the power ratio β sum satisfies the following relationship: w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; r(2n+k′ ) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
基于上述方案,在对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值可能大于或等于3,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况下,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,终端设备可以灵活地确定参考信号端口的功率比值,基于该功率比值以及时频资源映射规则接收参考信号。Based on the above scheme, when there are N CDM groups corresponding to the reference signal ports supported by the system, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports with densities occupying different time-frequency resources among the reference signal ports, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the terminal device can flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port, and receive the reference signal based on the power ratio and the time-frequency resource mapping rule.
第三方面,提供了一种发送参考信号的方法,该方法可以由网络设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于网络设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a third aspect, a method for sending a reference signal is provided. The method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the network device. This application is not limited to this.
该方法包括:网络设备基于功率比值β生成参考信号;该网络设备向终端设备发送该参考信号;其中,该参考信号包括第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个参考信号端口,该第一端口集合对应N个CDM组,N为大于或等于2的整数,该N个CDM组包括至少一种类型的CDM组;该功率比值β与第一CDM组的数量,参考信号的配置类型以及第一参数关联,该第一CDM组为该N个CDM组中不发送数据的CDM组,该第一参数包括该至少一种类型的CDM中每种类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量。The method includes: the network device generates a reference signal based on the power ratio β; the network device sends the reference signal to the terminal device; wherein the reference signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, and the first port is a first port set A reference signal port in, the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, the N CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio β The number, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter are associated. The first CDM group is the CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups. The first parameter includes each type of the at least one type of CDM. The number of ports corresponding to the CDM group.
基于上述方案,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,网络设备可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,进而可以提高发送参考信号的发射功率。Based on the above solution, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the network device can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, and then can Increase the transmit power of the reference signal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该至少一种类型的CDM组包括第一类型的CDM组和第二类型的CDM组,该第一类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度和该第二类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度不同,该第一参数包括该第一类型的CDM组对应的参考信号端口的数量n1以及该第二类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量n2In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency The density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group. The first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
基于上述方案,对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, when the reference signal ports supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, and there are reference signal ports occupying different time-frequency resource densities in the reference signal ports, by comparing the power ratio β with the first parameter, the reference signal port The configuration type of the signal is related to the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, which can more flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding to the reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
基于上述方案,通过网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,可以使得该终端设备根据该指示信息确定参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子向该终端设备发送该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the network device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β The network device is based on this power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; where the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上,通过该时频资源向终端设备发送该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的 元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the network device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and send the reference signal to the terminal device through the time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol element Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, the power scaling factor And the power ratio β sum satisfies the following relationship: w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; c represents the expansion capability coefficient; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该网络设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上,通过该时频资源向终端设备发送该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the network device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource, and send the reference signal to the terminal device through the time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, which And the power ratio β satisfies the following relationship: wf (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier indexed as k′, wt (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol indexed as l′; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped onto the kth subcarrier and the lth symbol.
基于上述方案,在对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值可能大于或等于3,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况下,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,网络设备可以灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,基于该功率比值以及时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到相应地时频资源上,通过该时频资源发送参考信号。Based on the above scheme, when there are N CDM groups corresponding to the reference signal ports supported by the system, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports with densities occupying different time-frequency resources among the reference signal ports, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the network device can flexibly indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port, map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource based on the power ratio and the time-frequency resource mapping rule, and send the reference signal through the time-frequency resource.
第四方面,提供了一种接收参考信号的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。The fourth aspect provides a method for receiving a reference signal. The method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the terminal device. This application is not limited to this.
该方法包括:终端设备确定功率比值β;该终端设备基于该功率比值β接收参考信号;其中,该参考信号包括第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个参考信号端口,该第一端口集合对应N个CDM组,N为大于或等于2的整数,该N个CDM组包括至少一种类型的CDM 组;该功率比值β与第一CDM组的数量,参考信号的配置类型以及第一参数关联,该第一CDM组为该N个CDM组中不发送数据的CDM组,该第一参数包括该至少一种类型的CDM中每种类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量。The method includes: a terminal device determines a power ratio β; the terminal device receives a reference signal based on the power ratio β; wherein the reference signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, and the first port is a first port in the first port set. A reference signal port, the first port set corresponds to N CDM groups, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the N CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio β is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter. The first CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups. The first parameter includes the The number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in at least one type of CDM.
基于上述方案,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,终端设备可以灵活地根据参考信号端口的功率比值接收参考信号。Based on the above solution, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the terminal device can flexibly receive the reference signal according to the power ratio of the reference signal port.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该至少一种类型的CDM组包括第一类型的CDM组和第二类型的CDM组,该第一类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度和该第二类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度不同,该第一参数包括该第一类型的CDM组对应的参考信号端口的数量n1以及该第二类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量n2In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency The density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group. The first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
基于上述方案,对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,可以灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above scheme, for the case where the reference signal ports supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, and there are reference signal ports with densities occupying different time-frequency resources among the reference signal ports, by associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM groups, the power ratio of the reference signal port can be flexibly indicated.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;该终端设备根据参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定该第一参数,并根据该第一参数、参考信号的配置类型以及第一CDM组的数量确定该功率比值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal Corresponding reference signal configuration type, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the first parameter according to the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, and determines the first parameter according to the first parameter, the reference signal The configuration type and the number of the first CDM group determine the power ratio.
基于上述方案,通过网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息,可以使得该终端设备根据该指示信息确定参考信号端口的功率比值。Based on the above solution, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the power ratio of the reference signal port according to the indication information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子并根据接收该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the terminal device determines the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β and based on Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则在相应的时频资源上接收该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the terminal device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules to receive the reference signal on the corresponding time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元 素。in, is the power scaling factor, the power scaling factor And the power ratio β sum satisfies the following relationship: w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; c represents the expansion capability coefficient; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol white.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备基于该功率缩放因子以及时频资源映射规则在相应的时频资源上接收该参考信号,其中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
Combined with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the terminal device is based on the power scaling factor and time-frequency resource mapping rules to receive the reference signal on the corresponding time-frequency resource, where the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子,该功率缩放因子和该功率比值β和满足如下关系:wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor, the power scaling factor And the power ratio β sum satisfies the following relationship: w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; r(2n+k′ ) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
基于上述方案,在对于系统支持的参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,N的值可能大于或等于3,且该参考信号端口中存在占用不同时频资源的密度的参考信号端口的情况下,通过将功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,终端设备可以灵活地确定参考信号端口的功率比值,基于该功率比值以及时频资源映射规则接收参考信号。Based on the above solution, when the reference signal ports supported by the system correspond to N CDM groups, the value of N may be greater than or equal to 3, and there are reference signal ports occupying different densities of time-frequency resources in the reference signal port, through By associating the power ratio β with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the terminal device can flexibly determine the power ratio of the reference signal port based on the power ratio and time-frequency resources. Mapping rules receive reference signals.
第五方面,提供了通信装置,该通信装置包括处理单元和收发单元,该处理单元,用于确定功率比值β;该收发单元,用于基于该功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号;其中,该功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,该第一参数与该参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,该第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The processing unit is used to determine the power ratio β; the transceiver unit is used to send a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio β; wherein, The power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group. The first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. The first A code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,该第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,该N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,该N为大于或等于3的整数。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in the first port set, and the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In combination with the fifth aspect, in certain implementations of the fifth aspect, the N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4; or, the N is 4 or 5 or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口集合还包括第二端口,该第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数还包括该N的值。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first parameter further includes the value of N.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。In combination with the fifth aspect, in certain implementations of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is also used to send indication information to the terminal device, the indication information including first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicating the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicating the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该收发单元具体用于基于该功率缩放因子向该终端设备发送该参考信号;其 中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β The transceiver unit is specifically configured to based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; , the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理单元和收发单元,该处理单元用于确定功率比值β;该收发单元用于基于该功率比值β接收参考信号;其中,该功率比值β与第一参数,该参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,该第一参数与该参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,该第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The processing unit is used to determine the power ratio β; the transceiver unit is used to receive a reference signal based on the power ratio β; wherein the power ratio β Associated with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group, the first parameter is associated with the first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the first code division multiplexing The CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,该参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: an index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, an index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,该第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,该N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,该N为大于或等于3的整数。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in the first port set, and the first port set is The ports correspond to N CDM groups, and the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一端口集合还包括第二端口,该第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port corresponds to the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一参数还包括该N的值。Combined with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first parameter further includes the value of N.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于,接收来自该网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;该处理单元具体用于:根据该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型以及该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定该功率比值β。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication The information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and the reference signal association The index of the antenna port determines the power ratio β.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于,根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该收发单元具体用于,基于该功率缩放因子接收该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β. The transceiver unit is specifically configured to: Receive the reference signal; wherein the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfies the following relationship:
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括处理单元和收发单元,该处理单元用于基于功率比值β生成参考信号;该收发单元用于向终端设备发送该参考信号;其中,该参考信号包括第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个参考信号端口,该第一端口集合对应N个CDM组,N为大于或等于2的整数,该N个CDM组包括至少一种类型的CDM组;该功率比值β与第一CDM组的数量,参考信号的配置类型以及第一参数关联,该第一CDM组为该N个CDM组中不发送数据的CDM组,该第一参数包括该至少一种类型的CDM中每种类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The processing unit is used to generate a reference signal based on the power ratio β; the transceiver unit is used to send the reference signal to a terminal device; wherein, the reference The signal includes a first reference signal corresponding to a first port. The first port is a reference signal port in a first port set. The first port set corresponds to N CDM groups. N is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The N The CDM groups include at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio β is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter. The first CDM group is the N CDM group in which no data is sent. CDM group, the first parameter includes the number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in the at least one type of CDM.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该至少一种类型的CDM组包括第一类型的CDM组和第二类型的CDM组,该第一类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度和该第二类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度不同,该第一参数包括该第一类型的CDM组对应的参考信号端口的数量n1以及该第二类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量n2In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency The density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group. The first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于向该终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。 In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, and the first indication information indicates The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该收发单元具体用于基于该功率缩放因子向该终端设备发送该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β The transceiver unit is specifically configured to based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device; where the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括处理单元和收发单元,该处理单元用于确定功率比值β;该收发单元用于基于该功率比值β接收参考信号;其中,该参考信号包括第一端口对应的第一参考信号,该第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个参考信号端口,该第一端口集合对应N个CDM组,N为大于或等于2的整数,该N个CDM组包括至少一种类型的CDM组;该功率比值β与第一CDM组的数量,参考信号的配置类型以及第一参数关联,该第一CDM组为该N个CDM组中不发送数据的CDM组,该第一参数包括该至少一种类型的CDM中每种类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The device includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The processing unit is used to determine the power ratio β; the transceiver unit is used to receive a reference signal based on the power ratio β; wherein the reference signal includes The first reference signal corresponding to the first port. The first port is a reference signal port in the first port set. The first port set corresponds to N CDM groups. N is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The N CDM The group includes at least one type of CDM group; the power ratio β is associated with the number of the first CDM group, the configuration type of the reference signal and the first parameter. The first CDM group is a CDM that does not send data among the N CDM groups. group, the first parameter includes the number of ports corresponding to each type of CDM group in the at least one type of CDM.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该至少一种类型的CDM组包括第一类型的CDM组和第二类型的CDM组,该第一类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度和该第二类型的CDM组占用的时频资源的密度不同,该第一参数包括该第一类型的CDM组对应的参考信号端口的数量n1以及该第二类型的CDM组对应的端口的数量n2In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the at least one type of CDM group includes a first type of CDM group and a second type of CDM group, and the first type of CDM group occupies a time-frequency The density of resources is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the second type of CDM group. The first parameter includes the number n 1 of reference signal ports corresponding to the first type of CDM group and the number of reference signal ports corresponding to the second type of CDM group. The number of ports n 2 .
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该N为3或4,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,该N为4或5或6,该第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与该第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, N is 3 or 4, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal is equal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal. The ratio of the quantities is 1/4, or the N is 4 or 5 or 6. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,该指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,该第二指示信息指示该参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;该终端设备根据参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定该第一参数,并根据该第一参数、参考信号的配置类型以及第一CDM组的数量确定该功率比值。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive indication information from the network device, where the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, and the first indication information indicates The reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal; the terminal device determines the first parameter according to the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, and determines the first parameter according to the first parameter , the configuration type of the reference signal and the number of the first CDM group determine the power ratio.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于根据该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子该收发单元具体用于根据接收该参考信号;其中,该功率比值β和该功率缩放因子满足如下关系: In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to determine the power scaling factor according to the power ratio β The transceiver unit is specifically used according to Receive the reference signal; where, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面、第三方面及第一方面、第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。示例性地,该通信装置还包括存储器。该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the above first aspect, the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the third aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device further includes a memory. The communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为网络设备。当该通信装置为网络设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a network device. When the communication device is a network device, the communication interface may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于网络设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation, the communication device is a chip configured in a network device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a network device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
示例性地,该收发器可以为收发电路。该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. The input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器。该处理器与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第二方面、第四方面及第二方面、第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。示例性地,该通信装置还包括存储器。该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor. The processor is coupled to the memory and can be used to execute instructions in the memory to implement the method in any of the above second aspect, the fourth aspect, and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect or the fourth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device further includes a memory. The communication device also includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one implementation, the communication device is a terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
在另一种实现方式中,该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片。当该通信装置为配置于终端设备中的芯片时,该通信接口可以是输入/输出接口。In another implementation, the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device. When the communication device is a chip configured in a terminal device, the communication interface may be an input/output interface.
示例性地,该收发器可以为收发电路。该输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. The input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
第十一方面,提供了一种处理器,包括:输入电路、输出电路和处理电路。所述处理电路用于通过所述输入电路接收信号,并通过所述输出电路发射信号,使得所述处理器执行第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a processor is provided, including: an input circuit, an output circuit and a processing circuit. The processing circuit is configured to receive a signal through the input circuit and transmit a signal through the output circuit, so that the processor executes the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以为一个或多个芯片,输入电路可以为输入管脚,输出电路可 以为输出管脚,处理电路可以为晶体管、门电路、触发器和各种逻辑电路等。输入电路所接收的输入的信号可以是由例如但不限于接收器接收并输入的,输出电路所输出的信号可以是例如但不限于输出给发射器并由发射器发射的,且输入电路和输出电路可以是同一电路,该电路在不同的时刻分别用作输入电路和输出电路。本申请实施例对处理器及各种电路的具体实现方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the above-mentioned processor can be one or more chips, the input circuit can be an input pin, and the output circuit can be As an output pin, the processing circuit can be a transistor, a gate circuit, a flip-flop, and various logic circuits. The input signal received by the input circuit may be received and input by, for example, but not limited to, the receiver, and the signal output by the output circuit may be, for example, but not limited to, output to and transmitted by the transmitter, and the input circuit and the output A circuit may be the same circuit that functions as an input circuit and an output circuit at different times. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific implementation methods of the processor and various circuits.
第十二方面,提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和存储器。该处理器用于读取存储器中存储的指令,并可通过接收器接收信号,通过发射器发射信号,以执行第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a processing device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The processor is used to read instructions stored in the memory, and can receive signals through a receiver and transmit signals through a transmitter to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
示例性地,所述处理器为一个或多个,所述存储器为一个或多个。For example, there are one or more processors and one or more memories.
示例性地,所述存储器可以与所述处理器集成在一起,或者所述存储器与处理器分离设置。For example, the memory may be integrated with the processor, or the memory may be provided separately from the processor.
在具体实现过程中,存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In the specific implementation process, the memory can be a non-transitory memory, such as a read-only memory (ROM), which can be integrated on the same chip as the processor, or can be set in different On the chip, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of memory and the arrangement of the memory and the processor.
应理解,相关的数据交互过程例如发送指示信息可以为从处理器输出指示信息的过程,接收能力信息可以为处理器接收输入能力信息的过程。具体地,处理器输出的数据可以输出给发射器,处理器接收的输入数据可以来自接收器。其中,发射器和接收器可以统称为收发器。It should be understood that the relevant data interaction process, for example, sending instruction information may be a process of outputting instruction information from the processor, and receiving capability information may be a process of the processor receiving input capability information. Specifically, the data output by the processor can be output to the transmitter, and the input data received by the processor can be from the receiver. Among them, the transmitter and receiver can be collectively called a transceiver.
上述第十二方面中的处理装置可以是一个或多个芯片。该处理装置中的处理器可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。The processing device in the above-mentioned twelfth aspect may be one or more chips. The processor in the processing device can be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor can be a logic circuit, an integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor can be a general processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in a memory, and the memory can Integrated in the processor, it can be located outside the processor and exist independently.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令),当所述计算机程序被运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided. The computer program product includes: a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction). When the computer program is run, it causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned first aspect to A method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序(也可以称为代码,或指令)当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program (which may also be called a code, or an instruction) when it is run on a computer, so that the above-mentioned first aspect is achieved. The method in any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect is executed.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个网络设备,用于执行第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, including at least one terminal device and at least one network device, for performing the method in any possible implementation manner of the first to fourth aspects.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例方法适用的一种通信系统的示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system to which the method of the embodiment of the present application is applicable.
图2是当前标准中两种配置类型的参考信号图样。Figure 2 is a reference signal pattern for two configuration types in the current standard.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种发送参考信号的方法的示意性流程图。Figure 3 is a schematic flow chart of a method for sending reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4至图7示出了本申请实施例提供的参考信号图样的几种示例。Figures 4 to 7 show several examples of reference signal patterns provided by embodiments of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种发送参考信号的方法的示意性流程图。Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method of sending reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的示意图。Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例的网络设备的示意性框图。Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意性框图。Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、演进的分组核心网(evolved packet core,EPC)、演进的分组系统(evolved packet system,EPS)、演进的通用移动通信系统(univeRMal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)陆地无线接入网(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network,E-UTRAN)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。 The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation ( 5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR), evolved packet core (EPC) , evolved packet system (EPS), evolved universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), long term evolution (long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and Internet of things (IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.
本申请实施例中的终端设备可以称用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。The terminal equipment in the embodiment of this application may be called user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication equipment, user agent or user device.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端例如可以为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data to users, for example, a handheld device with wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. Currently, some terminals can be, for example: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, which can Wearable devices, terminal devices in the 5G network or terminal devices in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,可穿戴设备可以是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。或者说,可穿戴设备是可以直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. Wearable devices can be a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. In other words, a wearable device is a portable device that can be worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing human-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
此外,终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向网络设备传输上行数据。In addition, terminal equipment can also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations. Its main functions include collecting data (some terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to network equipment. .
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是5G通信系统中的下一代基站(gNodeB,gNB)、6G移动通信系统中的下一代基站、未来移动通信系统中的基站或WiFi系统中的接入节点等,LTE系统中的演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)等。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device. The network device may be a next-generation base station (gNodeB, gNB) in a 5G communication system, a next-generation base station in a 6G mobile communication system, or a future mobile Base stations in communication systems or access nodes in WiFi systems, etc., evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), wireless network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (node B, NB) in LTE systems ), base station controller (BSC), home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (BBU), transmission reception point (TRP) , transmitting point (TP), base transceiver station (BTS), etc.
在一种网络结构中,该网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点和用户面CU节点,以及DU节点的RAN设备。网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与基站进行通信,该小区可以是基站(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。网络设备可以是宏基站,也可以是微基站或室内站,还可以是中继节点或施主节点,V2X通信系统中的为用户设备提供无线通信服务的设备、云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、中继站、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来演进网络中的网络设备等。本申请的实施例对网络设 备所采用的具体技术和设备具体形态不做限定。In a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node and a user plane CU node, and a RAN device of a DU node. The network device may provide services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with a base station through the transmission resources (e.g., frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be a cell corresponding to a base station (e.g., a base station), and the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, a pico cell, a femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services. The network device can be a macro base station, a micro base station or an indoor station, a relay node or a donor node, a device that provides wireless communication services to user devices in a V2X communication system, a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, a relay station, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and a network device in a future evolution network. The embodiments of the present application are related to network devices. The specific technology and equipment used are not limited.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备或网络设备可以包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且,本申请实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备,或者,是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the network device may include a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. This hardware layer includes hardware such as central processing unit (CPU), memory management unit (MMU) and memory (also called main memory). The operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, such as Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system or windows operating system, etc. This application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be run to provide according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module in the terminal device or network device that can call a program and execute the program.
图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统100的示例性架构图。如图1所示,该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备101。该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备102至107。其中,终端设备102至107可以是移动的或固定的。网络设备101可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,终端设备102至107可以是位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备。网络设备101和终端设备102至107中的一个或多个均可以通过无线链路通信。FIG. 1 is an exemplary architectural diagram of a communication system 100 suitable for embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 101 shown in FIG. 1 . The communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal devices 102 to 107 shown in FIG. 1 . Among them, the terminal devices 102 to 107 can be mobile or fixed. The network device 101 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and the terminal devices 102 to 107 may be terminal devices located within the coverage area. Network device 101 and one or more of terminal devices 102 to 107 may each communicate via wireless links.
可选地,终端设备之间可以直接通信。例如可以利用设备到设备(device to device,D2D)技术等实现终端设备之间的直接通信。如图1中所示,终端设备105与终端设备106之间、终端设备105与终端设备107之间,可以利用D2D技术直接通信。终端设备106和终端设备107可以单独或同时与终端设备105通信。Optionally, the terminal devices may communicate directly with each other. For example, direct communication between the terminal devices may be achieved using device to device (D2D) technology. As shown in FIG1 , the terminal device 105 and the terminal device 106, and the terminal device 105 and the terminal device 107 may communicate directly using D2D technology. The terminal device 106 and the terminal device 107 may communicate with the terminal device 105 individually or simultaneously.
终端设备105至107也可以分别与网络设备101通信。例如可以直接与网络设备101通信,如图中的终端设备105和106可以直接与网络设备101通信;也可以间接地与网络设备101通信,如图中的终端设备107经由终端设备105与网络设备101通信。The terminal devices 105 to 107 can also communicate with the network device 101 respectively. For example, it can directly communicate with the network device 101. The terminal devices 105 and 106 in the figure can communicate directly with the network device 101; it can also communicate with the network device 101 indirectly, such as the terminal device 107 in the figure communicates with the network device via the terminal device 105. 101 Communication.
图1中所示通信系统100中的各通信设备,均可以配置多个天线。对于每一个通信设备而言,所配置的多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。因此,该通信系统100中的各通信设备之间,可通过MIMO技术通信。Each communication device in the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1 can be configured with multiple antennas. For each communication device, the plurality of antennas configured may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. Therefore, communication devices in the communication system 100 can communicate with each other through MIMO technology.
应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding. The communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1 .
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先对本申请中涉及的术语及背景做简单介绍。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following first briefly introduces the terms and background involved in the present application.
1、天线端口(antenna port)1. Antenna port
天线端口简称端口。可以理解为被接收端所识别的发射天线,或者在空间上可以区分的发射天线。针对每个虚拟天线可以配置一个天线端口,每个虚拟天线可以为多个物理天线的加权组合。根据所承载的信号的不同,天线端口可以分为参考信号端口和数据端口。其中,参考信号端口可以包括但不限于DMRS端口、信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)端口等。Antenna ports are referred to as ports. It can be understood as a transmitting antenna recognized by the receiving end, or a transmitting antenna that can be distinguished in space. An antenna port can be configured for each virtual antenna, and each virtual antenna can be a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas. According to the different signals carried, antenna ports can be divided into reference signal ports and data ports. Among them, the reference signal port may include but is not limited to a DMRS port, a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS) port, etc.
本申请中包括现有端口和新增端口,现有端口指的是现有协议中的端口,或支持现有协议中技术方案的端口;新增端口指的是能够支持本申请技术方案的端口。This application includes existing ports and newly added ports. Existing ports refer to ports in existing protocols, or ports that support technical solutions in existing protocols; newly added ports refer to ports that can support the technical solutions of this application.
2、时频资源2. Time-frequency resources
在本申请实施例中,数据或信息可以通过时频资源来承载。该时频资源可以包括时域上的资源和频域上的资源。其中,在时域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个时域单元(也可以称为时间单元、时间单位等);在频域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个频域单元。In this embodiment of the present application, data or information may be carried through time-frequency resources. The time-frequency resources may include resources in the time domain and resources in the frequency domain. Among them, in the time domain, time-frequency resources may include one or more time domain units (may also be called time units, time units, etc.); in the frequency domain, time-frequency resources may include one or more frequency domain units.
其中,一个时域单元可以是一个符号或者几个符号(如OFDM符号),或者一个时隙(slot),或者一个迷你时隙(mini-slot),或者一个子帧(subframe)。其中,一个时隙可以由7个或者14个符号组成;一个迷你时隙可以包括至少一个符号(例如,2个符号或7个符号或者14个符号,或者小于等于14个符号的任意数目符号);一个子帧在时域上的持续时间可以是1毫秒(ms)。应理解,列举的上述时域单元大小仅仅是为了方便理解本申请的方案,不对本申请的保护范围构成限定,可以理解的是,上述时域单元大小可以为其它值,本申请不做限定。Among them, a time domain unit can be one symbol or several symbols (such as OFDM symbols), or a time slot (slot), or a mini-slot (mini-slot), or a subframe (subframe). Among them, a time slot may be composed of 7 or 14 symbols; a mini-slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols) ;The duration of a subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms). It should be understood that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes are only for the convenience of understanding the solution of the present application and do not limit the protection scope of the present application. It can be understood that the above-mentioned time-domain unit sizes can be other values, and are not limited by this application.
一个频域单元可以是一个资源块(resource block,RB)、一个子载波(subcarrier),、一个资源块组(resource block group,RBG)、一个预定义的子带(subband),一个预编码资源块组(precoding  resource block group,PRG)、一个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)、一个资源元素(resource element,RE)(也可称资源单元或资源粒子)、或者一个载波,或者一个服务小区。A frequency domain unit can be a resource block (RB), a subcarrier, a resource block group (RBG), a predefined subband, or a precoding resource. block group (precoding resource block group (PRG), a bandwidth part (BWP), a resource element (RE) (also called a resource unit or resource particle), or a carrier, or a serving cell.
3、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)3. Demodulation reference signal (DMRS)
在新无线(new radio,NR)系统中,DMRS用于数据信道,例如物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel,PUSCH)或控制信道,例如物理上行共享信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的等效信道矩阵估计,从而用于对应信道上数据的检测和解调。In new radio (new radio, NR) systems, DMRS is used for data channels, such as physical uplink share channel (PUSCH) or control channels, such as physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), etc. Effective channel matrix estimation is used for detection and demodulation of data on the corresponding channel.
以数据信道PDSCH为例,DMRS通常与发送的数据信号进行相同的预编码,从而保证DMRS与数据信号经历相同的等效信道。假设发送端发送的DMRS向量为s,发送的数据信号向量为x,DMRS与数据信号进行相同的预编码(乘以相同的预编码矩阵)。接收端接收的数据信号向量y以及DMRS
Taking the data channel PDSCH as an example, DMRS is usually precoded the same as the transmitted data signal, thereby ensuring that DMRS and data signals experience the same equivalent channel. Assume that the DMRS vector sent by the transmitter is s, the data signal vector sent is x, and the DMRS and data signals are precoded the same (multiplied by the same precoding matrix). The data signal vector y received by the receiving end and DMRS
其中,表示数据信号和DMRS经历的等效信道,n代表加性噪声。接收端基于已知的DMRS向量s,利用信道估计算法,例如最小二乘(least square,LS)信道估计,最小均方差(minimum mean square error,MMSE)信道估计等,可以获得对等效信道的估计。基于等效信道可以完成对数据信号的解调。in, represents the equivalent channel experienced by the data signal and DMRS, and n represents additive noise. Based on the known DMRS vector s, the receiving end uses channel estimation algorithms, such as least square (LS) channel estimation, minimum mean square error (MMSE) channel estimation, etc., to obtain the equivalent channel estimate. Demodulation of the data signal can be completed based on the equivalent channel.
随着MIMO技术引入无线通信系统,发送端可以在相同的时频资源上,传输多流数据,且接收端可以全部恢复出来。此时,DMRS用于估计等效信道矩阵,其维度可以为NR×R,其中,NR表示接收天线数目,R表示传输流数(也称为传输层数,空间层数)。通常,一个DMRS端口(port)对应一个传输流,即对于传输流数为R的MIMO传输,需要的DMRS端口数目为R。为了保证信道估计的质量,多个传输流对应的DMRS端口为正交端口。With the introduction of MIMO technology into wireless communication systems, the transmitter can transmit multiple streams of data on the same time-frequency resources, and the receiver can recover all data. At this time, DMRS is used to estimate the equivalent channel matrix, and its dimension can be NR ×R, where NR represents the number of receiving antennas and R represents the number of transmission streams (also called the number of transmission layers and the number of spatial layers). Usually, one DMRS port corresponds to one transmission stream, that is, for MIMO transmission with R transmission streams, the required number of DMRS ports is R. In order to ensure the quality of channel estimation, the DMRS ports corresponding to multiple transmission streams are orthogonal ports.
对于一个DMRS端口,为了对不同的时频资源进行信道估计,需要在多个时频资源上发送多个DMRS。一个端口对应的多个DMRS对应一个DMRS序列。一个DMRS序列包括多个DMRS序列元素。For a DMRS port, in order to perform channel estimation on different time-frequency resources, multiple DMRS need to be sent on multiple time-frequency resources. Multiple DMRS corresponding to one port correspond to one DMRS sequence. A DMRS sequence includes multiple DMRS sequence elements.
以DMRS序列由gold序列生成为例,DMRS序列rl(n)中的第n个DMRS序列元素可以通过下式生成:
Taking the DMRS sequence generated from the gold sequence as an example, the nth DMRS sequence element in the DMRS sequence r l (n) can be generated by the following formula:
其中,c(n)为伪随机序列,c(n)可以是序列长度为31的gold序列;对于输出长度为MPN的序列c(n),n=0,1,...,MPN-1,可以由公式(4)确定:
Among them, c(n) is a pseudo-random sequence, and c(n) can be a gold sequence with a sequence length of 31; for the sequence c(n) with an output length of M PN , n=0,1,...,M PN -1, which can be determined by formula (4):
其中,NC=1600,第一个m序列x1(n)可以初始化为x1(0)=1,x1(n)=0,n=1,2,...,30,第二个m序列x2(n)可以由参数cinit初始化,cinit可以由公式(5)确定:
Among them, N C =1600, the first m sequence x 1 (n) can be initialized as x 1 (0) = 1, x 1 (n) = 0, n = 1, 2,..., 30, and the second m sequences x 2 (n) can be initialized by the parameter c init , which can be determined by formula (5):
其中,l表示一个时隙上的OFDM符号的索引值;为一个时隙所包含的符号数;为一个系统帧内的时隙索引;为初始化参数,取值可以为0或1;可以由高层信令配置,其与小区(identifier,ID)有关,通常可以等于小区ID;λ表示DMRS端口对应的码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)组(group)索引。Wherein, l represents the index value of an OFDM symbol in a time slot; is the number of symbols contained in a time slot; is a time slot index within a system frame; It is an initialization parameter, and its value can be 0 or 1; It can be configured by high-level signaling, which is related to the cell (identifier, ID), and can usually be equal to the cell ID; λ represents the code division multiplexing (code division multiplexing, CDM) group (group) index corresponding to the DMRS port.
一个DMRS端口对应的DMRS序列可以通过预设的时频资源映射规则,映射到对应的时频资源上。对于天线端口p(与DMRS端口p对应),对应的DMRS序列中第m个序列元素r(m),可以按照公 式(6)所示的映射规则映射至索引为(k,l)p,μ的RE上:
The DMRS sequence corresponding to a DMRS port can be mapped to the corresponding time-frequency resource through the preset time-frequency resource mapping rules. For antenna port p (corresponding to DMRS port p), the m-th sequence element r(m) in the corresponding DMRS sequence can be calculated according to the public The mapping rule shown in Equation (6) is mapped to the RE with index (k, l) p, μ :
其中,索引为(k,l)p,μ的RE在时域上对应一个时隙内的索引为l的OFDM符号,在频域上对应索引为k的子载波。为映射至索引为(k,l)p,μ的RE上DMRS端口p对应的DMRS调制符号,k′=0,1;n=0,1,...;l′=0,1;Δ为子载波偏移因子;type1和type2分别表示目前NR协议中定义的2种DMRS配置类型(DMRS configuration type);μ为子载波间隔;为DMRS调制符号占用的起始OFDM符号的索引或参考OFDM符号的索引;为功率缩放因子;wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;m=2n+k′。Among them, the RE with index (k,l) p,μ corresponds to the OFDM symbol with index l in a time slot in the time domain, and corresponds to the subcarrier with index k in the frequency domain. is the DMRS modulation symbol corresponding to the DMRS port p on the RE with index (k,l) p,μ , k′=0,1; n=0,1,...;l′=0,1;Δ is the subcarrier offset factor;type1 and type2 represent the two DMRS configuration types defined in the current NR protocol respectively;μ is the subcarrier spacing; is the index of the starting OFDM symbol occupied by the DMRS modulation symbol or the index of the reference OFDM symbol; is a power scaling factor; w f (k′) is a frequency domain mask element corresponding to a subcarrier indexed as k′, w t (l′) is a time domain mask element corresponding to an OFDM symbol indexed as l′; m=2n+k′.
在配置类型1映射规则中,DMRS端口p对应的wf(k′)、wt(l′),以及Δ的取值,可以参见表1或TS 38.211第6.4.1.1.3节。In the configuration type 1 mapping rule, the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and Δ corresponding to DMRS port p can be found in Table 1 or TS 38.211 Section 6.4.1.1.3.
表1
Table 1
在配置类型2映射规则中,DMRS端口p对应的wf(k′)、wt(l′),以及Δ的取值,可以根据表2确定。In the configuration type 2 mapping rule, the values of w f (k′), w t (l′), and Δ corresponding to DMRS port p can be determined according to Table 2.
表2
Table 2
表1和表2中,λ表示CDM group的索引,同一CDM group内的DMRS端口占用的时频资源相同。In Table 1 and Table 2, λ represents the index of the CDM group, and the DMRS ports in the same CDM group occupy the same time-frequency resources.
4、DMRS配置类型4. DMRS configuration type
图2示出了两种配置类型的DMRS图样(patten)。图2中不同填充图案的RE表示不同的CDM group;P0,P1,…,P11表示DMRS端口0至DMRS端口11;横轴上的数字表示一个时隙内符号的索引,纵轴上的数字表示一个RB内子载波的索引。Figure 2 shows DMRS patterns for two configuration types. REs with different filling patterns in Figure 2 represent different CDM groups; P0, P1,..., P11 represent DMRS port 0 to DMRS port 11; the numbers on the horizontal axis represent the index of the symbol in a time slot, and the numbers on the vertical axis represent The index of the subcarrier within an RB.
应理解,图2中DMRS占用符号0以及占用符号0和1仅是示例,一个时隙内的DMRS占用的符号也可以是其他符号,例如占用符号1,或者占用符号1和2。It should be understood that DMRS occupied symbol 0 and occupied symbols 0 and 1 in Figure 2 are only examples, and the symbols occupied by DMRS in one time slot may also be other symbols, such as occupied symbol 1, or occupied symbols 1 and 2.
参见图2的(a),对于配置类型1的单符号DMRS,最多支持4个正交的DMRS端口。4个DMRS端口分为2个CDM group(CDM group 0和CDM group 1),每个CDM group最多支持2个正交的DMRS端口。其中,CDM group 0包含DMRS端口P0和P1,CDM group 1包含P2和P3。CDM group间是频分复用(Frequency Division Multiplexing,FDM)的(映射在不同的频域资源上);CMD group内包含的DMRS端口映射在相同的时域资源上(在频域以梳齿的方式进行资源映射)。CDM group内包含的DMRS端口对应的参考信号通过正交掩码(orthogonal cover code,OCC)进行区分,从而保证CDM group内DMRS端口的正交性。Referring to (a) of Figure 2, for single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1, up to four orthogonal DMRS ports are supported. The 4 DMRS ports are divided into 2 CDM groups (CDM group 0 and CDM group 1). Each CDM group supports up to 2 orthogonal DMRS ports. Among them, CDM group 0 includes DMRS ports P0 and P1, and CDM group 1 includes P2 and P3. The CDM groups are Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) (mapped on different frequency domain resources); the DMRS ports included in the CMD group are mapped on the same time domain resources (in the frequency domain in the form of comb teeth). method for resource mapping). The reference signals corresponding to the DMRS ports contained in the CDM group are distinguished by orthogonal cover codes (OCC), thereby ensuring the orthogonality of the DMRS ports in the CDM group.
参见图2的(b),配置类型1的双符号DMRS最多支持8个正交的DMRS端口。8个DMRS端口属于2个CDM group(CDM group 0和CDM group 1)。其中,CDM group0包含P0,P1,P4和P5;CDM group 1包含P2,P3,P6和P7。P0,P1,P4和P5位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式进行资源映射。类似地,P2,P3,P6和P7位于相同的RE内,在频域以梳齿的方式映射在P0,P1,P4和P5未占用的子载波上。对于一个DMRS端口,占用的相邻的2个子载波和2个OFDM符号对应一个长度为4的OCC序列(可以参考表1得出)。Referring to (b) of Figure 2, the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 supports up to 8 orthogonal DMRS ports. The 8 DMRS ports belong to 2 CDM groups (CDM group 0 and CDM group 1). Among them, CDM group0 includes P0, P1, P4 and P5; CDM group 1 includes P2, P3, P6 and P7. P0, P1, P4 and P5 are located in the same RE, and resource mapping is performed in the frequency domain in a comb-tooth manner. Similarly, P2, P3, P6 and P7 are located in the same RE and are mapped on the unoccupied subcarriers of P0, P1, P4 and P5 in a comb-tooth manner in the frequency domain. For a DMRS port, the occupied two adjacent subcarriers and two OFDM symbols correspond to an OCC sequence of length 4 (can be obtained by referring to Table 1).
图2的(c)和(d)分别对应于配置类型2的单符号DMRS和双符号DMRS的时频资源映射方式。如图2的(c)所示,配置类型2的单符号DMRS最多支持6个正交的DMRS端口。6个DMRS端口属于3个CDM group(CDM group 0,CDM group 1和CDM group 2)。如图2的(d)所示,对于配置类型2的双符号DMRS,最多支持12个正交的DMRS端口。12个DMRS端口属于3个CDM group(CDM group 0,CDM group 1和CDM group 2)。为了简洁,这里省略对配置类型2DMRS的CDM group以及各DMRS端口占用时频资源的介绍。(c) and (d) of Figure 2 respectively correspond to the time-frequency resource mapping methods of single-symbol DMRS and dual-symbol DMRS of configuration type 2. As shown in (c) of Figure 2, configuration type 2 single-symbol DMRS supports up to 6 orthogonal DMRS ports. The 6 DMRS ports belong to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2). As shown in (d) of Figure 2, for dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2, up to 12 orthogonal DMRS ports are supported. The 12 DMRS ports belong to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2). For the sake of simplicity, the introduction of the CDM group with configuration type 2DMRS and the time-frequency resources occupied by each DMRS port is omitted here.
在每次数据传输的过程中,网络设备需要通知终端设备分配的天线端口(DMRS端口)以及DMRS的配置类型。从而终端设备可以基于分配的天线端口,按照协议定义的DMRS符号产生方法和时频资源映射规则,在相应的时频资源进行DMRS信号的接收和信道估计流程。During each data transmission process, the network device needs to notify the terminal device of the assigned antenna port (DMRS port) and the DMRS configuration type. Therefore, the terminal device can perform the DMRS signal reception and channel estimation process in the corresponding time-frequency resources based on the allocated antenna port and in accordance with the DMRS symbol generation method and time-frequency resource mapping rules defined by the protocol.
目前NR协议中定义了通过高层信令(例如,无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令半静态配置DMRS类型,以及下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)动态通知分配的DMRS端口索引的方式。具体如下:Currently, the NR protocol defines semi-static configuration of DMRS type through high-level signaling (for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling), and dynamic notification of allocated DMRS port index through downlink control information (DCI). Method. The details are as follows:
(1)RRC信令配置DMRS配置类型和占用符号数(1)RRC signaling configuration DMRS configuration type and number of occupied symbols
示例性地,网络设备通过高层信令DMRS-DownlinkConfig配置DMRS的配置类型,其中,dmrs-Type字段可以用于指示是type 1还是type 2的DMRS;maxLength字段可以用于指示采用单符号DMRS还是双符号DMRS。如果配置maxLength为len2,则进一步可以通过DCI指示采用单符号DMRS,还是双符号DMRS;如果maxLength字段没有配置,则采用单符号DMRS。For example, the network device configures the configuration type of DMRS through high-level signaling DMRS-DownlinkConfig, where the dmrs-Type field can be used to indicate whether it is type 1 or type 2 DMRS; the maxLength field can be used to indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or dual-symbol DMRS is used. Symbol DMRS. If maxLength is configured as len2, DCI can be used to further indicate whether single-symbol DMRS or dual-symbol DMRS is used; if the maxLength field is not configured, single-symbol DMRS is used.
(2)DCI信令通知(2)DCI signaling notification
DCI信令中包含Antenna port字段,可以用于指示分配的DMRS端口索引。对于不同的dmrs-Type和maxLength配置的取值,NR协议定义了多种DMRS端口调用方式。表3至表6分别给出了dmrs-Type=1、maxLength=1,dmrs-Type=1、maxLength=2,dmrs-Type=2、maxLength=1以及dmrs-Type=2、maxLength=2对应的DMRS端口调用方式的配置表。其中,Antenna port字段指示表中的“索引值”列,每个索引值对应一个或多个DMRS端口。DCI signaling contains the Antenna port field, which can be used to indicate the allocated DMRS port index. For different DMRS-Type and maxLength configuration values, the NR protocol defines multiple DMRS port calling methods. Tables 3 to 6 respectively show the corresponding values of dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1, dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2, dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1 and dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2. Configuration table of DMRS port calling method. Among them, the Antenna port field indicates the "index value" column in the table, and each index value corresponds to one or more DMRS ports.
表3(dmrs-Type=1、maxLength=1)

Table 3 (dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=1)

表4(dmrs-Type=1、maxLength=2)

Table 4 (dmrs-Type=1, maxLength=2)

表5(dmrs-Type=2、maxLength=1)

Table 5 (dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=1)

表6(dmrs-Type=2、maxLength=2)

Table 6 (dmrs-Type=2, maxLength=2)

也就是说,终端设备可以通过网络设备发送的DCI信令,结合表3至表6确定以下信息:That is to say, the terminal device can determine the following information through the DCI signaling sent by the network device and combined with Table 3 to Table 6:
(1)DMRS端口的索引(1) Index of DMRS port
表3至表6中,“索引值(value)”可以由DCI中“Antenna port”字段指示的值得到,根据“索引值”可以得到“DMRS端口(ports)”。例如,终端设备在某个时隙通过解析DCI得到“Antenna port”=3,那么通过查表可知,DMRS port为0,当前DCI指示的PDSCH和DMRS,是在天线端口1000中传输的。In Tables 3 to 6, the "index value (value)" can be obtained from the value indicated by the "Antenna port" field in the DCI, and the "DMRS ports (ports)" can be obtained according to the "index value". For example, if the terminal device obtains "Antenna port" = 3 by parsing DCI in a certain time slot, then by looking up the table, it can be seen that the DMRS port is 0, and the PDSCH and DMRS indicated by the current DCI are transmitted in antenna port 1000.
(2)DMRS占用的符号数(2)The number of symbols occupied by DMRS
DMRS占用的符号数可以由表中“前置符号数”列指示,例如,当“前置符号数”列的值为1时,可以表示DMRS占用的符号数为1,或者说,表示该DMRS为单符号DMRS;当“前置符号数”列的值为2时,表示DMRS占用的符号数为2,或者说,表示该DMRS为双符号DMRS。The number of symbols occupied by DMRS can be indicated by the "Number of leading symbols" column in the table. For example, when the value of the "Number of leading symbols" column is 1, it can mean that the number of symbols occupied by DMRS is 1, or in other words, it means that the DMRS It is a single-symbol DMRS; when the value of the "number of leading symbols" column is 2, it means that the number of symbols occupied by the DMRS is 2, or in other words, it means that the DMRS is a dual-symbol DMRS.
(3)不发数据的CDM组的数量(3) Number of CDM groups that do not send data
不发数据的CDM组的数量可以由表3至表6中“不发数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量”列指示。根据不同的DMRS配置类型,该字段可以取1、2、3三个值。The number of CDM groups that do not transmit data can be indicated by the "number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not transmit data" column in Table 3 to Table 6. According to different DMRS configuration types, this field can take three values: 1, 2, and 3.
示例性地,当该值为1时,可以表示当前CDM group 0的RE不发送数据。例如,当前时隙调度属于CDM group 0的端口,则当前CDM group 0的RE不发送数据,当前调度的DMRS占用的符号上未被映射成DMRS的RE可以调度给数据;当该值为2时,可以表示当前CDM group 0和CDM group1的RE不发送数据;当该值为3时,表示当前CDM group 0、CDM group 1和CDM group 2的RE,都不发送数据。For example, when the value is 1, it can indicate that the RE of the current CDM group 0 does not send data. For example, if the current timeslot schedules a port belonging to CDM group 0, then the RE of the current CDM group 0 does not send data, and the REs that are not mapped to DMRS on the symbols occupied by the currently scheduled DMRS can be scheduled for data; when the value is 2 , it can mean that the REs of the current CDM group 0 and CDM group1 do not send data; when the value is 3, it means that the REs of the current CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 2 do not send data.
在现有的NR协议中,网络设备和终端设备可以根据“不发数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量”确定DMRS端口的功率比值βDMRS。βDMRS可以表示数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的能量与DMRS在每个RE上的能量的比值。或者说,βDMRS可以表示承载数据的每个RE上的能量与承载DMRS的每个RE上的能量的比值。其中,RE上的能量也可以替换为RE上的功率。In the existing NR protocol, network equipment and terminal equipment can determine the power ratio β DMRS of the DMRS port based on the “number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not send data”. β DMRS may represent the ratio of the energy of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE to the energy of DMRS on each RE. In other words, β DMRS can represent the ratio of the energy on each RE carrying data to the energy on each RE carrying DMRS. Among them, the energy on RE can also be replaced by the power on RE.
如表7中所示,对于不同配置类型的DMRS,协议指示了“不发送数据的DMRS码分复用CDM组的数量”与βDMRS的对应关系。对于当前NR协议支持的DMRS配置类型,βDMRS的取值可以为0、-3、-4.77dB,分别对应承载DMRS的每个RE对承载PDSCH的每个RE的功率提升0dB、3dB或4.77dB。As shown in Table 7, for different configuration types of DMRS, the protocol indicates the corresponding relationship between "the number of DMRS code division multiplexing CDM groups that do not send data" and β DMRS . For the DMRS configuration types supported by the current NR protocol, the value of β DMRS can be 0, -3, -4.77dB, corresponding to the power increase of 0dB, 3dB or 4.77dB for each RE carrying DMRS to each RE carrying PDSCH. .
表7
Table 7
网络设备可以根据βDMRS的值进一步确定功率缩放因子的值,如公式(7)中所示:
The network device can further determine the power scaling factor based on the value of β DMRS The value of , as shown in formula (7):
参考公式(6),网络设备可以根据的值确定或者说,网络设备根据生成DMRS序列。Referring to formula (6), network equipment can be based on The value of In other words, network equipment is based on Generate DMRS sequence.
随着5G多天线技术的发展,数据流的传输层数增加,与之对应的DMRS端口数量也需要增加,即需要扩充当前系统支持的DMRS端口。扩充DMRS端口例如可以通过频分复用的方式实现,即将现有DMRS端口的频域资源复用给新增DMRS端口。在DMRS端口扩充的方案下,如果依据上述NR协议中定义的方式指示各DMRS端口的功率比值βDMRS,则指示不够灵活。With the development of 5G multi-antenna technology, the number of transmission layers of data streams increases, and the corresponding number of DMRS ports also needs to increase, that is, the DMRS ports supported by the current system need to be expanded. Expanding the DMRS port can be implemented, for example, through frequency division multiplexing, that is, frequency domain resources of the existing DMRS port are multiplexed to the new DMRS port. Under the DMRS port expansion scheme, if the power ratio β DMRS of each DMRS port is indicated according to the method defined in the above NR protocol, the indication is not flexible enough.
例如,新增DMRS端口和现有DMRS端口占用的时频资源的密度可能不同,占用不同时频资源密度的DMRS端口的功率比值βDMRS可能不同。再如,对于新增DMRS端口和现有DMRS端口同时传输的情况,现有DMRS端口的功率比值βDMRS可能和NR协议中指示的不同;其次,扩充后DMRS端口(包括现有DMRS端口和新增DMRS端口)对应的CDM group的数量可能大于3。当前协议暂不支持指示上述情况下DMRS端口的功率比值。For example, the density of time-frequency resources occupied by a new DMRS port and an existing DMRS port may be different, and the power ratio β DMRS of DMRS ports occupying different time-frequency resource densities may be different. For another example, for the simultaneous transmission of new DMRS ports and existing DMRS ports, the power ratio β DMRS of the existing DMRS ports may be different from that indicated in the NR protocol; secondly, the expanded DMRS ports (including existing DMRS ports and new (Add DMRS port) The number of corresponding CDM groups may be greater than 3. The current protocol does not currently support indicating the power ratio of the DMRS port in the above situation.
有鉴于此,本申请提供了一种发送和接收参考信号的方法,通过灵活指示各参考信号端口的功率 比值,可以提升各参考信号端口的参考信号的功率,提高参考信号发射功率的利用率。In view of this, this application provides a method for transmitting and receiving reference signals by flexibly indicating the power of each reference signal port. The ratio can increase the reference signal power of each reference signal port and improve the utilization of the reference signal transmission power.
在介绍本申请的方案之前,进行如下几点说明:Before introducing the solution of this application, the following points should be explained:
(1)本申请中的符号(symbol)是指OFDM符号。(1) The symbol in this application refers to the OFDM symbol.
(2)为方便描述,下文中的“符号x”中的“x”表示一个调度时间单元内符号的索引。即,“符号x”表示一个调度时间单元内索引为x的符号。例如,符号0表示一个调度时间单元内索引为0的符号。(2) For convenience of description, "x" in "symbol x" below represents the index of the symbol within a scheduling time unit. That is, "symbol x" represents the symbol with index x within one scheduling time unit. For example, symbol 0 represents the symbol with index 0 within a scheduling time unit.
类似地,“DMRS端口(Port)x”中的“x”表示DMRS端口的索引(或者DMRS端口号),即“DMRS端口x”表示索引为x的DMRS端口。例如,DMRS端口0表示索引为0的DMRS端口。Similarly, "x" in "DMRS port (Port)x" represents the index of the DMRS port (or DMRS port number), that is, "DMRS port x" represents the DMRS port with index x. For example, DMRS port 0 represents the DMRS port with index 0.
需要说明的是,符号的索引和DMRS端口的索引,可以从0或者1开始,或者从其他数字开始,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于理解和说明,本申请中,以符号的索引和DMRS端口的索引从0开始为例进行说明。It should be noted that the index of the symbol and the index of the DMRS port may start from 0 or 1, or other numbers, which is not limited in this application. In order to facilitate understanding and explanation, in this application, the index of the symbol and the index of the DMRS port starting from 0 are taken as an example for description.
(3)本申请中涉及的资源块RB可以指频域上连续的12个子载波。资源单元RE是指频域上的1个子载波以及时域上的一个符号。(3) The resource block RB involved in this application may refer to 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. The resource element RE refers to one subcarrier in the frequency domain and one symbol in the time domain.
在本申请实施例中,为便于区分和说明,将用于承载参考信号的RE记作参考信号RE,可以理解,参考信号RE并不一定在每个端口都承载了参考信号。对于一个确定端口的参考信号来说,其占用的RE可以根据参考信号图样(patten)确定。与之对应地,将用于承载数据的RE记作数据RE,可以理解,数据RE与参考信号RE可以是频分复用(frequency division multiplexing,FDM)或者是时分复用(time division multiplexing,TDM)的。In the embodiment of the present application, for the convenience of distinction and explanation, the RE used to carry the reference signal is recorded as the reference signal RE. It can be understood that the reference signal RE does not necessarily carry the reference signal on each port. For a reference signal that determines a port, the RE it occupies can be determined based on the reference signal pattern. Correspondingly, the RE used to carry data is recorded as data RE. It can be understood that the data RE and the reference signal RE can be frequency division multiplexing (FDM) or time division multiplexing (TDM). )of.
(4)本申请实施例中提及的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度可以指,承载参考信号的时频资源(例如,RE)在一个时频资源组(例如,资源单元组(resource element group,REG))中的密度。或者说,该“密度”可以是指在一个时频资源组中,用于承载参考信号的时频资源占一个时频资源组中时频资源的比例。(4) The density of time-frequency resources occupied by reference signals mentioned in the embodiments of this application may refer to the time-frequency resources (for example, RE) carrying the reference signals in a time-frequency resource group (for example, resource unit group (resource element group)). group, density in REG)). In other words, the "density" may refer to the proportion of time-frequency resources used to carry reference signals in a time-frequency resource group to the time-frequency resources in a time-frequency resource group.
示例性地,设参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为ρ,则ρ=B/P。For example, assuming that the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal is ρ, then ρ=B/P.
其中,B表示在一个REG内,承载参考信号的RE的数量(参考信号占用的RE的数量),P表示该REG所包括的全部RE的数量,或者,P表示承载参考信号对应的数据的RE的数量(参考信号对应的数据占用的RE的数量)。Among them, B represents the number of REs carrying reference signals in a REG (the number of REs occupied by reference signals), P represents the number of all REs included in the REG, or P represents the REs carrying data corresponding to the reference signals. The number (the number of REs occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal).
应理解,以上列举的时频资源的具体单位仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。例如,B还可以表示在一个RB内,参考信号对应的符号上,承载参考信号的子载波的数量(参考信号占用的子载波的数量),P表示该RB所包括的全部子载波的数量,或者,P表示承载该参考信号对应的数据的子载波的数量(参考信号对应的数据占用的子载波的数量)。It should be understood that the specific units of time-frequency resources listed above are only illustrative, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, B can also represent the number of subcarriers carrying the reference signal (the number of subcarriers occupied by the reference signal) on the symbol corresponding to the reference signal in one RB, and P represents the number of all subcarriers included in the RB. Alternatively, P represents the number of subcarriers carrying data corresponding to the reference signal (the number of subcarriers occupied by data corresponding to the reference signal).
举例来说,参照图4的(b),承载P0端口的参考信号的RE的数量为6,该REG中的总的RE数量为12,则P0端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为6/12=1/2;承载P8端口的参考信号的RE的数量为3,则P8端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为3/12=1/4。为了简洁,以下省略对相同或相似情况的说明。For example, referring to (b) of Figure 4 , the number of REs carrying the reference signal of the P0 port is 6, and the total number of REs in the REG is 12. Then the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P0 port is 6/12=1/2; the number of REs carrying the reference signal of the P8 port is 3, then the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P8 port is 3/12=1/4. For the sake of brevity, description of the same or similar situations is omitted below.
(5)本申请实施例中提及的参考信号占用的时频资源的梳齿度可以与该参考信号占用的时频资源的密度相关。例如,参照图4的(b),P0端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/2,则该P0端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的梳齿度为2,该P0端口可以称为梳齿度为2(可以记为Comb-2)的端口;P8端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/4,则该P8端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的梳齿度为4,该P8端口可以称为梳齿度为4(可以记为Comb-4)的端口。(5) The comb degree of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be related to the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal. For example, referring to (b) of Figure 4, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P0 port is 1/2, then the comb degree of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P0 port is 2, and the P0 port can It is called a port with a comb degree of 2 (can be recorded as Comb-2); the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the P8 port is 1/4, then the reference signal of the P8 port occupies a comb of time-frequency resources The degree is 4, and the P8 port can be called a port with a comb degree of 4 (can be recorded as Comb-4).
(6)本申请实施例中提及的将空闲端口的发射功率借给活跃端口使用的情况是以时频资源为单位来描述的。具体地,是以RE为单位来描述的。其中,空闲端口可以理解为该端口占用的RE上未承载信号,活跃端口可以理解为该端口占用的RE上承载了信号(例如,包括参考信号、数据信号等)。将空闲端口的发射功率借给活跃端口使用可以理解为,将预先为某个端口上未承载信号的某个RE(例如记作,RE#0)配置的发射功率补偿(或者说,挪用)给另一端口上承载了参考信号的RE(例如,RE#1),从而可以达到提高该RE#1上参考信号的发射功率的效果。以下,为了简洁,省略对相同或相似情况的说明。(6) The situation of lending the transmission power of an idle port to an active port mentioned in the embodiment of this application is described in units of time-frequency resources. Specifically, it is described in units of RE. An idle port can be understood as the RE occupied by the port that carries no signals, and an active port can be understood as the RE occupied by the port carries signals (for example, including reference signals, data signals, etc.). Lending the transmit power of an idle port to an active port can be understood as compensating (or misappropriating) the transmit power pre-configured for a certain RE (for example, recorded as RE#0) that does not carry signals on a certain port. The other port carries an RE (for example, RE#1) of the reference signal, thereby achieving the effect of increasing the transmission power of the reference signal on RE#1. In the following, for the sake of brevity, description of the same or similar situations is omitted.
以下以参考信号为DMRS为例,结合附图详细说明本申请实施例的发送和接收参考信号的方法。应理解,以下方法中网络设备可以对应于例如图1中的网络设备101,终端设备可以为与该网络设备通 信连接的多个终端设备中的任意一个,例如图1中的终端设备102至107中的任意一个。The following takes the reference signal as DMRS as an example, and describes in detail the method for sending and receiving reference signals in the embodiment of the present application in combination with the accompanying drawings. It should be understood that the network device in the following method may correspond to, for example, the network device 101 in FIG. 1, and the terminal device may be a device that communicates with the network device. Any one of the multiple terminal devices connected to the communication, such as any one of the terminal devices 102 to 107 in Figure 1.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中以参考信号为DMRS为例,对本申请实施例的技术方案进行描述,这不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请中的参考信号可为任何可用作信道估计的参考信号,例如,小区参考信号(cell-specific reference signal,CRS),或者,其他可用于实现相同或相似功能的参考信号。在未来可能出现的通信系统中,该参考信号的名称可能发生改变,但只要其本质上与DMRS无差别,本申请的技术方案都应适用。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the reference signal is DMRS as an example to describe the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, which shall not constitute any limitation to the present application. The reference signal in this application can be any reference signal that can be used for channel estimation, such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), or other reference signals that can be used to implement the same or similar functions. In communication systems that may appear in the future, the name of the reference signal may change, but as long as it is essentially the same as DMRS, the technical solution of this application should be applicable.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种发送和接收参考信号的方法300的示意性流程图。该方法300可以包括如下步骤。Figure 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method 300 for transmitting and receiving reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 300 may include the following steps.
S310,网络设备确定功率比值β。S310: The network device determines the power ratio β.
该功率比值β为当前被调度的参考信号端口对应的功率比值。网络设备可以根据该功率比值β确定当前被调度的参考信号端口的参考信号。The power ratio β is the power ratio corresponding to the currently scheduled reference signal port. The network device may determine the reference signal of the currently scheduled reference signal port according to the power ratio β.
该功率比值β与该参考信号的配置类型,第一码分复用CDM组的数量以及第一参数相关联。或者说,在参考信号的配置类型确定的情况下,该功率比值β与第一CDM组的数量以及该第一参数存在第一对应关系。The power ratio β is associated with the configuration type of the reference signal, the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group and the first parameter. In other words, when the configuration type of the reference signal is determined, the power ratio β has a first corresponding relationship with the number of the first CDM group and the first parameter.
其中,当前被调度的参考信号端口属于第一端口集合。该第一端口集合包括M个参考信号端口,该M个参考信号端口可以是系统最多可以支持的参考信号端口。该M个参考信号端口对应N个CDM组,该N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应至少一个参考信号端口。该至少一个参考信号端口之间通过码分的方式复用相同的时频资源,例如RE。不同CDM组对应的至少一个参考信号端口占用的时频资源不重合,或者说,N个CDM组之间通过频分的方式复用相同的时频资源,M、N为大于或等于2的整数。Wherein, the currently scheduled reference signal port belongs to the first port set. The first port set includes M reference signal ports, and the M reference signal ports may be the maximum number of reference signal ports that the system can support. The M reference signal ports correspond to N CDM groups, and each of the N CDM groups corresponds to at least one reference signal port. The at least one reference signal port multiplexes the same time-frequency resource, such as RE, in a code division manner. The time-frequency resources occupied by at least one reference signal port corresponding to different CDM groups do not overlap. In other words, the same time-frequency resources are multiplexed between N CDM groups through frequency division. M and N are integers greater than or equal to 2. .
应理解,本申请中引入端口集合仅是为了方便描述占用不同时频资源的参考信号端口之间的关系。在实际实现时,可能没有集合的概念,但不同CDM组对应的参考信号端口的特性,例如,占用的时频资源,可以参考本申请中对端口集合中参考信号端口的特性的说明。以上对第一端口集合的说明也可以理解为对参考信号配置类型或参考信号图样的说明。该第一端口集合与参考信号配置类型或参考信号图样对应。It should be understood that the port set is introduced in this application only to facilitate the description of the relationship between reference signal ports occupying different time-frequency resources. In actual implementation, there may not be a concept of a set, but for the characteristics of the reference signal ports corresponding to different CDM groups, for example, the occupied time-frequency resources, you can refer to the description of the characteristics of the reference signal ports in the port set in this application. The above description of the first port set can also be understood as a description of the reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern. The first port set corresponds to a reference signal configuration type or reference signal pattern.
可以理解,不同参考信号配置类型对应的N和/或M的取值不同。在本申请的实施例中,示例性地,N、M的取值可以包括以下几种情况。It can be understood that the values of N and/or M corresponding to different reference signal configuration types are different. In the embodiment of this application, for example, the values of N and M may include the following situations.
情况一:N的取值可以为3或4,分别对应M的取值可以为6或8,或者,分别对应M的取值为12或16;Case 1: The value of N can be 3 or 4, and the value of M can be 6 or 8 respectively, or the value of M can be 12 or 16 respectively;
情况二:N的取值还可以为4、5或6,分别对应M的取值为8、10或12,或者,分别对应M的取值为16、20或24。Case 2: The value of N can also be 4, 5 or 6, which corresponds to the value of M to 8, 10 or 12 respectively, or the value to which M corresponds to is 16, 20 or 24 respectively.
其中,情况一可以对应为对现有参考信号配置类型1(参考图2的(a)和(b))支持的参考信号端口扩充的情况;情况二可以对应为对现有参考信号配置类型2(参考图2的(c)和(d))支持的参考信号端口扩充的情况。Among them, the first situation can correspond to the situation of extending the reference signal port supported by the existing reference signal configuration type 1 (refer to (a) and (b) of Figure 2); the second situation can correspond to the situation of expanding the existing reference signal configuration type 2 (Refer to (c) and (d) of Figure 2) The case of supported reference signal port expansion.
示例性地,本申请涉及的参考信号配置类型对应的参考信号图样可以参考图4至图7任一个附图及相关描述。For example, reference signal patterns corresponding to the reference signal configuration types involved in this application can be referred to any of the drawings in Figures 4 to 7 and related descriptions.
进一步地,在本申请的实施例中,当前被调度的参考信号端口可以包括第一参考信号配置类型支持的参考信号端口中的至少一个端口。该第一参考信号配置类型包括N1个CDM组,N1为大于或等于2的整数。该至少一个端口可以包括第一端口,该第一端口对应该N1个CDM组中的一个CDM组,该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/4或1/6。Further, in an embodiment of the present application, the currently scheduled reference signal port may include at least one port among the reference signal ports supported by the first reference signal configuration type. The first reference signal configuration type includes N 1 CDM groups, where N 1 is an integer greater than or equal to 2. The at least one port may include a first port, the first port corresponds to one CDM group among the N 1 CDM groups, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4 or 1/6.
可选地,该至少一个端口还可以包括第二端口,该第二端口对应该N1个CDM组中的一个CDM组,该第二端口对应的CDM组与该第一端口对应的CDM组不同。或者说,该第二端口占用的时频资源与该第一端口占用的时频资源不重合(第二端口占用的时频资源与该第一端口占用的时频资源频分复用)。该第二端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度与该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度不同。Optionally, the at least one port may also include a second port, the second port corresponds to one CDM group among the N 1 CDM groups, and the CDM group corresponding to the second port is different from the CDM group corresponding to the first port. . In other words, the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port do not overlap with the time-frequency resources occupied by the first port (the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port are frequency division multiplexed with the time-frequency resources occupied by the first port). The density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is different from the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port.
在N1、该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为不同取值的情况下,该第二端口占用的时频资源的密度可以包括四种情况。 In the case where N 1 and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port have different values, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the second port may include four situations.
情况一:N1的取值可以为3,该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/4,该第二端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/2。Case 1: The value of N1 may be 3, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 1/2.
情况二:N1的取值可以为4,该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/4,该第二端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为0,或者说,该第一参考信号配置类型中不包括该第二端口,或者说,该第一参考类型配置类型支持的参考信号端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度均相同。Case 2: The value of N 1 can be 4, the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/4, and the density of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 0, or in other words , the second port is not included in the first reference signal configuration type, or in other words, the reference signal ports of the reference signal ports supported by the first reference signal configuration type all occupy the same density of time-frequency resources.
情况三:N1的取值为4,该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/6,该第二端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/3。Case 3: The value of N 1 is 4, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/6, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 1/3.
情况四:N的取值还可以为5或6,该第一端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度为1/6,该第二端口的参考信号占用的时频资源的密度分别为1/3或0。Case 4: The value of N can also be 5 or 6. The density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the first port is 1/6, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal of the second port is 1 respectively. /3 or 0.
在当前被调度的参考信号端口的参考信号配置类型确定的情况下,例如当前被调度的参考信号端口的参考信号配置类型为该第一参考信号配置类型,上述第一CDM组可以为该参考信号配置类型的N个CDM组中不发数据的CDM组。示例性地,当前被调度的参考信号端口对应的CDM组为不发数据的CDM组。When the reference signal configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal port is determined, for example, the reference signal configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal port is the first reference signal configuration type, and the above-mentioned first CDM group can be the reference signal The CDM group that does not send data among the N CDM groups of the configuration type. For example, the CDM group corresponding to the currently scheduled reference signal port is a CDM group that does not transmit data.
该第一参数与参考信号占用的时频资源相关联。该第一参数可以包括以下至少一项:The first parameter is associated with the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. The first parameter may include at least one of the following:
参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,参考信号占用的时频资源的密度。其中,参考信号占用的时频资源的索引例如为参考信号占用的子载波的索引。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. The index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal is, for example, the index of the subcarrier occupied by the reference signal.
在参考信号端口的功率比值β与该参考信号的配置类型,第一码分复用CDM组的数量以及第一参数相关联的情况下,网络设备通过确定当前调度的参考信号的配置类型,该第一CDM组的数量以及该第一参数,可以确定该功率比值β。In the case where the power ratio β of the reference signal port is associated with the configuration type of the reference signal, the number of the first code division multiplexing CDM group and the first parameter, the network device determines the configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal. The number of the first CDM group and the first parameter can determine the power ratio β.
具体地,网络设备可以根据当前传输的数据流数确定当前调度的参考信号的配置类型,网络设备确定参考信号配置类型的具体过程可以参考现有的相关描述。网络设备可以根据当前调度的参考信号端口确定N个CDM组中不发数据的CDM组的数量,其中,当前调度的参考信号端口对应一种参考信号配置类型,该N个CDM组为该参考信号配置类型支持的参考信号端口对应的CDM组。当前调度的参考信号端口与该不发数据的CDM组的数量之间存在第二对应关系。Specifically, the network device may determine the configuration type of the currently scheduled reference signal based on the number of currently transmitted data streams. The specific process of the network device determining the reference signal configuration type may refer to existing relevant descriptions. The network device can determine the number of CDM groups that do not send data among the N CDM groups based on the currently scheduled reference signal ports. The currently scheduled reference signal port corresponds to a reference signal configuration type, and the N CDM groups are the reference signals. CDM group corresponding to the reference signal port supported by the configuration type. There is a second corresponding relationship between the currently scheduled reference signal port and the number of CDM groups that do not send data.
应理解,网络设备中可以预先配置该第二对应关系,示例性地,该第二对应关系可以如表16至表21中所示。It should be understood that the second correspondence relationship may be pre-configured in the network device. For example, the second correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 16 to Table 21.
网络设备可以直接或间接的确定该第一参数。例如,网络设备可以直接确定当前调度的参考信号端口关联的天线端口的索引。再如,网络设备可以通过确定当前调度的参考信号端口的天线端口的索引确定该参考信号的时频资源的索引,参考前述公式(6)。又如,网络设备可以通过确定该参考信号时频资源的索引确定该参考信号时频资源的密度。The network device may directly or indirectly determine the first parameter. For example, the network device may directly determine the index of the antenna port associated with the currently scheduled reference signal port. For another example, the network device may determine the index of the time-frequency resource of the reference signal port by determining the index of the antenna port of the currently scheduled reference signal port, referring to the foregoing formula (6). For another example, the network device may determine the density of the reference signal time-frequency resource by determining the index of the reference signal time-frequency resource.
通过将参考信号端口的功率比值与第一参数、参考信号的配置类型以及第一CDM组的数量相关联,可以更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值(例如可以指示占用时频资源的密度不同的参考信号端口的功率比值),进而提高发送参考信号的发射功率。By associating the power ratio of the reference signal port with the first parameter, the configuration type of the reference signal, and the number of the first CDM group, the power ratio of the reference signal port can be indicated more flexibly (for example, different densities of occupied time-frequency resources can be indicated) The power ratio of the reference signal port), thereby increasing the transmission power of the reference signal.
可选地,该功率比值还可以与上述N的值相关联,即该功率比值与第一端口集合中CDM组的总数相关联,或者说,与当前参考信号配置类型中包括的CDM组的总数相关联。Optionally, the power ratio value may also be associated with the value of N, that is, the power ratio value is associated with the total number of CDM groups in the first port set, or in other words, is associated with the total number of CDM groups included in the current reference signal configuration type.
可以理解,在对参考信号端口扩充的情况下,对于一个参考信号端口,其可能对应现有的参考信号配置类型,也可能对应新增的参考信号配置类型。其中,新增的参考信号配置类型可以理解为包括新增参考信号端口的参考信号配置类型。当该参考信号端口属于不同的参考信号配置类型时,对应于相同的第一参数、第一CDM组数其可以提升的功率可能不同,即功率比值可能不同。为了更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,可以将该功率比值与该N的值相关联。It can be understood that when the reference signal port is expanded, a reference signal port may correspond to an existing reference signal configuration type or a new reference signal configuration type. Among them, the newly added reference signal configuration type can be understood as the reference signal configuration type including the new reference signal port. When the reference signal port belongs to different reference signal configuration types, the power that can be improved corresponding to the same first parameter and the first number of CDM groups may be different, that is, the power ratio may be different. In order to indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port more flexibly, the power ratio can be associated with the value of N.
S320,网络设备基于该功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的该参考信号。S320, the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio β. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the reference signal from the network device.
具体地,网络设备可以基于该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子并根据功率缩放因子确定该参考信号。其中,该功率比值β与该功率缩放因子满足如下关系:
Specifically, the network device may determine the power scaling factor based on the power ratio β And determine the reference signal based on the power scaling factor. Among them, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor satisfy the following relationship:
网络设备可以根据时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上,通过该时频资源向 终端设备发送该参考信号。示例性地,在参考信号配置类型为现有的参考信号配置类型的情况下,该时频资源映射规则可以参考上述公式(6)和公式(7)。在参考信号配置类型为新增的参考信号配置类型的情况下,该时频资源映射规则可以参考公式(8)至公式(11)。The network device can map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency resource mapping rules, and use the time-frequency resource to The terminal device sends this reference signal. For example, when the reference signal configuration type is an existing reference signal configuration type, the time-frequency resource mapping rule may refer to the above formula (6) and formula (7). In the case where the reference signal configuration type is a newly added reference signal configuration type, the time-frequency resource mapping rules can refer to Equation (8) to Equation (11).
S330,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的该指示信息。S330: The network device sends instruction information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
该指示信息用于指示参考信号的配置类型以及参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。The indication information is used to indicate the configuration type of the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
具体地,步骤S330可以包括,网络设备向该终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该参考信号的配置类型。Specifically, step S330 may include the network device sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information indicates the configuration type of the reference signal.
示例性地,该第一指示信息可以承载于无线资源控制RRC消息中。该参考信号的配置类型可以是现有的参考信号配置类型或新增的参考信号配置类型。For example, the first indication information may be carried in a radio resource control RRC message. The configuration type of the reference signal may be an existing reference signal configuration type or a new reference signal configuration type.
步骤S330还可以包括,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。Step S330 may also include the network device sending second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information indicating the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
示例性地,第二指示信息可以承载于下行控制信息DCI中。For example, the second indication information may be carried in downlink control information DCI.
其中,参考信号关联的天线端口的索引即为当前被调度的参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal is the index of the antenna port associated with the currently scheduled reference signal.
通过S330,终端设备可以确定参考信号的配置类型,以及参考信号关联的天线端口的索引(第一参数的一例),从而可以根据该第二对应关系确定该第一CDM组数。进一步地,该终端设备可以根据该第一CDM组数,该第一参数以及该第一对应关系确定当前调度的参考信号端口的功率比值β。Through S330, the terminal device can determine the configuration type of the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal (an example of the first parameter), so that the first CDM group number can be determined based on the second correspondence. Further, the terminal device may determine the power ratio β of the currently scheduled reference signal port according to the first CDM group number, the first parameter and the first correspondence.
可以理解,终端设备可以预先配置该第一对应关系和该第二对应关系。其中,在该第一对应关系中的第一参数为参考信号占用的时频资源的索引或参考信号占用的时频资源的密度的情况下,该终端设备可以根据参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定参考信号占用的时频资源的索引或参考信号占用的时频资源的密度,进而根据该第一对应关系确定功率比值β。It can be understood that the terminal device can pre-configure the first corresponding relationship and the second corresponding relationship. Wherein, when the first parameter in the first correspondence relationship is the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the terminal device may be based on the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal. The index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal is determined, and then the power ratio β is determined based on the first corresponding relationship.
可选地,S340,终端设备基于该功率比值确定该参考信号。Optionally, S340, the terminal device determines the reference signal based on the power ratio.
示例性地,终端设备可以基于该功率比值β确定功率缩放因子并基于该功率缩放因子确定该参考信号,具体可以参考S320中网络设备确定该参考信号的描述。For example, the terminal device may determine the power scaling factor based on the power ratio β and based on this power scaling factor To determine the reference signal, for details, reference may be made to the description of the network device determining the reference signal in S320.
下面以参考信号为DMRS为例,结合不同的DMRS配置类型,详细说明S310中功率比值β与第一参数和第一CDM组的数量的对应关系。应理解,下文中涉及的图4至图7中,横轴上的数字表示一个时隙中符号的索引,纵轴上的数字表示一个RB中子载波的索引。Taking the reference signal as DMRS as an example, and combining different DMRS configuration types, the following describes in detail the corresponding relationship between the power ratio β and the first parameter and the number of the first CDM group in S310. It should be understood that in Figures 4 to 7 mentioned below, the numbers on the horizontal axis represent the index of the symbol in a time slot, and the numbers on the vertical axis represent the index of the subcarrier in one RB.
图4和图5所示的DMRS图样可以是对DMRS配置类型1支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。其中,图4所示的DMRS图样可以是对单符号DMRS配置类型1(如图4的(a))支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。图5所示的DMRS图样可以是对双符号DMRS配置类型1(如图5的(a))支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。The DMRS patterns shown in Figures 4 and 5 may be DMRS patterns extended to ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1. The DMRS pattern shown in Figure 4 may be a DMRS pattern extended to the ports supported by single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 ((a) of Figure 4). The DMRS pattern shown in Figure 5 may be a DMRS pattern extended to a port supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 ((a) of Figure 5).
图6和图7所示的DMRS图样可以是对DMRS配置类型2支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。其中,图6所示的DMRS图样可以是对单符号DMRS配置类型2(如图6的(a))支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。图7所示的DMRS图样可以是对双符号DMRS配置类型2(如图7的(a))支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS图样。The DMRS patterns shown in FIG6 and FIG7 may be DMRS patterns obtained by expanding the ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2. The DMRS pattern shown in FIG6 may be a DMRS pattern obtained by expanding the ports supported by single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 (such as (a) in FIG6 ). The DMRS pattern shown in FIG7 may be a DMRS pattern obtained by expanding the ports supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 (such as (a) in FIG7 ).
如图4的(b)和图4的(c)所示为两种新增的DMRS配置类型(为了简便,分别记为DMRS配置类型1a和DMRS配置类型1b)对应的DMRS图样。Figure 4 (b) and Figure 4 (c) show DMRS patterns corresponding to two new DMRS configuration types (for simplicity, they are marked as DMRS configuration type 1a and DMRS configuration type 1b respectively).
具体地,可以将单符号DMRS配置类型1中的CDM group 0和/或CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型1a和DMRS配置类型1b。Specifically, CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 can be sparsely designed to obtain DMRS configuration type 1a and DMRS configuration type 1b.
如图4的(b)所示,DMRS配置类型1a是对单符号DMRS配置类型1中CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计得到的。对CDM group1进行稀疏化设计具体为:将CDM group 1占用的部分子载波频分复用新增的两个DMRS端口(例如端口P10和P11),CDM group 0对应DMRS端口所在的时频资源不发生变化。也可以说,将CDM group 1的时频资源分为了两组(例如,分为CDM group 2和CDM group3)。其中,CDM group 2对应新增端口P10和P11。由于原来CDM group 1的时频资源被分为两组,原有端口P2和P3对应的时频资源发生了变化,为了灵活指示DMRS端口索引对应的时频资源的位置,可以将原有P2和P3端口索引更新为P8和P9。P8和P9对应CDM group 3,P8和P9也可以称为新增端口。 As shown in (b) of Figure 4, DMRS configuration type 1a is a sparse design of CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. The sparse design of CDM group 1 is as follows: Frequency division multiplexing of part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 1 to add two new DMRS ports (for example, ports P10 and P11). The time-frequency resources of the corresponding DMRS ports of CDM group 0 are not changes occur. It can also be said that the time-frequency resources of CDM group 1 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 2 and CDM group 3). Among them, CDM group 2 corresponds to the new ports P10 and P11. Since the original time-frequency resources of CDM group 1 were divided into two groups, the time-frequency resources corresponding to the original ports P2 and P3 have changed. In order to flexibly indicate the location of the time-frequency resources corresponding to the DMRS port index, the original P2 and P3 can be The P3 port index is updated to P8 and P9. P8 and P9 correspond to CDM group 3, and P8 and P9 can also be called new ports.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1a的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持6个DMRS端口(P0、P1、P8至P11)。该6个DMRS端口对应3个CDM group(CDM group 0、CDM group2、CDM group3)。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1a, the DMRS pattern supports up to 6 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P8 to P11). The 6 DMRS ports correspond to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group2, CDM group3).
即,当DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1a时,上述CDM组的总数N的值为3,M的值为6。CDM group 2或CDM group 3对应的DMRS端口(包括上述第一端口)的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度为1/4;CDM group 0对应的DMRS端口(包括上述第二端口)的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度为1/2。That is, when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1a, the value of the total number of CDM groups N is 3 and the value of M is 6. The density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 2 or CDM group 3 (including the above-mentioned first port) is 1/4; the DMRS occupation of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 0 (including the above-mentioned second port) is The density of time-frequency resources is 1/2.
一个示例中,以当前调度的一个DMRS端口(DMRS端口#1)为例说明DMRS配置类型1a对应的该第一对应关系。该DMRS端口#1可以为DMRS配置类型1a支持的DMRS端口中的任一个。In an example, a currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) is used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to the DMRS configuration type 1a. The DMRS port #1 may be any DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 1a.
在N的值为3的情况下,该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1、2或3。In the case where the value of N is 3, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 1a may be 1, 2 or 3.
对应相同的该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量,当DMRS端口#1为占用的时频资源的密度不同的DMRS端口时,该功率比值不同。功率比值的确定包括两种情况。Corresponding to the same number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 1a, when DMRS port #1 is a DMRS port with different densities of occupied time and frequency resources, the power ratio is different. The determination of the power ratio includes two situations.
情况一:DMRS端口#1为P0或P1Case 1: DMRS port #1 is P0 or P1
即DMRS端口#1为现有端口,或者说,DMRS端口#1为占用时频资源密度为1/2的端口(Comb-2端口)。为了方便描述,以下以DMRS端口#1为P0为例说明。DMRS端口#1为P1与DMRS端口#1为P0的情况类似。That is, DMRS port #1 is an existing port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/2 (Comb-2 port). For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P0 as an example. The situation where DMRS port #1 is P1 is similar to the situation where DMRS port #1 is P0.
当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 2和CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据(例如,PDSCH)。此时,不存在能够“借用”功率的RE,即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率与承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率相同,即功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 1, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to the CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 carries the DMRS port #1 corresponding data (for example, PDSCH). At this time, there is no RE that can "borrow" power, that is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is the same as the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 2和CDM group 3中的一个CDM group对应的RE上不承载信号,另一个CDM group对应的RE承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据。此时,可以将不承载信号的RE的功率“借用”给承载DMRS的RE。由于可以借用的RE(CDM group 2或CDM group 3对应的RE)数量是DMRS端口#1对应的RE的数量的1/2倍,因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的1.5倍,即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的1.5倍。即该功率比值为-10*log10(1.5),也就是-1.76dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 2, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to one of the CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 does not Carrying signals, the RE corresponding to another CDM group carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of REs that do not carry signals can be "borrowed" to REs that carry DMRS. Since the number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 2 or CDM group 3) is 1/2 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to 1.5 times the original. That is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 1.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(1.5), which is -1.76dB.
当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 2和CDM group 3对应的RE上不承载信号。此时,可以借用的RE(CDM group 2和CDM group 3对应的RE)数量是DMRS端口#1对应的RE的数量的1倍,因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2倍。即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的2倍,功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 3, the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 do not carry signals. At this time, the number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 2 and CDM group 3) is 1 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1. Therefore, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to 2 times. That is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is twice the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, and the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
情况二:DMRS端口#1为P8、P9、P10或P11Case 2: DMRS port #1 is P8, P9, P10 or P11
即DMRS端口#1为新增端口,或者说,DMRS端口#1为占用时频资源密度为1/4的端口(Comb-4端口)。为了方便描述,以下以DMRS端口#1为P8为例说明。DMRS端口#1为P9、P10或P11与DMRS端口#1为P8的情况类似。That is, DMRS port #1 is a newly added port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/4 (Comb-4 port). For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P8 as an example. The situation where DMRS port #1 is P9, P10 or P11 is similar to DMRS port #1 being P8.
当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,该CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 0和CDM group2对应的RE上承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据(例如,PDSCH)。此时,功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 1, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 and CDM group 2 carries the DMRS port #1 corresponding data (e.g., PDSCH). At this time, the power ratio is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,该CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 0和CDM group 2中的一个CDM group对应的RE上不承载信号,另一个CDM group对应的RE承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据。此时,可以将不承载信号的RE的功率“借用”给承载DMRS的RE。可以借用的RE(CDM group 0或CDM group2对应的RE)数量至少是DMRS端口#1对应的RE的数量的1倍,因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率至少可提升为原来的2倍,即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率至少为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的2倍。即功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 2, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to a CDM group in the CDM group 0 and CDM group 2 does not Carrying signals, the RE corresponding to another CDM group carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of REs that do not carry signals can be "borrowed" to REs that carry DMRS. The number of REs that can be borrowed (REs corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 2) is at least twice the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1. Therefore, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to at least 2 times of the original, that is, the power of REs carrying DMRS can be increased to at least 2 times. The power of each RE of DMRS is at least 2 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
类似地,当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的3倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB。 Similarly, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 3, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 3 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
或者说,在当前调度的DMRS端口为新增端口的情况下,对于支持新增端口的终端设备来说,该CDM组的总数可以为4。当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的N2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(N2)。In other words, when the currently scheduled DMRS port is a new port, for terminal equipment that supports the new port, the total number of the CDM group may be 4. When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in DMRS configuration type 1a is N 2 , the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times of the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
如图4的(c)所示,DMRS配置类型1b是对单符号DMRS配置类型1中CDM group 0和CDM group1进行稀疏化设计得到的。具体地,将DMRS配置类型1中的CDM group 1占用的部分子载波频分复用新增的两个DMRS端口(例如P10和P11),将CDM group 0占用的部分子载波频分复用新增的两个DMRS端口(例如P14和P15)。也可以说,将CDM group 0和CDM group 1的时频资源分别分为了两组。将CDM group 0的时频资源分为了两组(例如,分为CDM group 4和CDM group 5);将CDM group 1的时频资源分为了两组(例如,分为CDM group 2和CDM group 3)。对单符号DMRS配置类型1中CDM group 0和CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计后,CDM group 4对应新增端口P12和P13,CDM group 3对应新增端口P8和P9;CDM group 5对应新增端口P14和P15,CDM group 2对应新增端口P10和P11。As shown in (c) of Figure 4, DMRS configuration type 1b is a sparse design of CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. Specifically, part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 1 is frequency division multiplexed with the new two DMRS ports (such as P10 and P11), and part of the subcarriers occupied by CDM group 0 is frequency division multiplexed with the new Two additional DMRS ports (such as P14 and P15). It can also be said that the time-frequency resources of CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 are divided into two groups. The time-frequency resources of CDM group 0 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 4 and CDM group 5); the time-frequency resources of CDM group 1 are divided into two groups (for example, divided into CDM group 2 and CDM group 3 ). After sparse design of CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 1, CDM group 4 corresponds to the new ports P12 and P13, CDM group 3 corresponds to the new ports P8 and P9; CDM group 5 corresponds to the new ports P14 and P15, CDM group 2 correspond to the new ports P10 and P11.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1b的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持8个DMRS端口(P8至P15),8个DMRS端口对应4个CDM group。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为4,M的值为8。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1b, the DMRS pattern supports up to 8 DMRS ports (P8 to P15), and 8 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 8.
以下以当前调度的一个DMRS端口(DMRS端口#1)为DMRS配置类型1b支持的DMRS端口中的任一个为例,说明DMRS配置类型1b对应的该第一对应关系。The following takes the currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) as any one of the DMRS ports supported by the DMRS configuration type 1b as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to the DMRS configuration type 1b.
由于该DMRS配置类型1b支持的DMRS端口均为新增端口,当该DMRS配置类型1b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的N2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(N2)。Since the DMRS ports supported by the DMRS configuration type 1b are all new ports, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1b is N 2 , the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times. , that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
在N的值为4的情况下,该DMRS配置类型1b中不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1、2、3或4。即N2的取值可以为1、2、3或4。In the case where the value of N is 4, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 1b may be 1, 2, 3 or 4. That is, the value of N 2 can be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
当N1=1时,功率比值为0。When N 1 =1, the power ratio is zero.
当N1为2、3或4时,对应的功率比值分别为-10*log10(2),-10*log10(3)或-10*log10(4),也就是-3dB,-4.77dB或-6dB。When N 1 is 2, 3 or 4, the corresponding power ratios are -10*log10(2), -10*log10(3) or -10*log10(4) respectively, which is -3dB, -4.77dB or -6dB.
如图5的(b)和图5的(c)所示为两种新增的DMRS配置类型(分别记为DMRS配置类型1c和DMRS配置类型1d)对应的DMRS图样。Figure 5(b) and Figure 5(c) show DMRS patterns corresponding to two new DMRS configuration types (denoted as DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d respectively).
该DMRS配置类型1c和DMRS配置类型1d可以是对双符号DMRS配置类型1支持的端口进行扩充得到的DMRS配置类型。具体地,可以将双符号DMRS配置类型1中的CDM group 0和/或CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型1c和DMRS配置类型1d。The DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d may be DMRS configuration types extended to the ports supported by dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. Specifically, CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1 can be sparsely designed to obtain DMRS configuration type 1c and DMRS configuration type 1d.
如图5的(b)所示,DMRS配置类型1c是对双符号DMRS配置类型1中CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计得到的。如图5的(c)所示,DMRS配置类型1d是对双符号DMRS配置类型1中CDM group0和CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计得到的。对CDM group 0和/或CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计,与图4中对CDM group 0和/或CDM group 1进行稀疏化设计类似,不再赘述。As shown in (b) of Figure 5, DMRS configuration type 1c is a sparse design of CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. As shown in (c) of Figure 5, DMRS configuration type 1d is a sparse design of CDM group0 and CDM group 1 in dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 1. The sparse design of CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 is similar to the sparse design of CDM group 0 and/or CDM group 1 in Figure 4, and will not be described again.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1c的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持12个DMRS端口(P0、P1、P4、P5、P8-P15)。12个DMRS端口对应3个CDM group(CDM group 0,CDM group 3以及CDM group 2)。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为3,M的值为12。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1c, the DMRS pattern supports up to 12 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P4, P5, P8-P15). 12 DMRS ports correspond to 3 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 3 and CDM group 2). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 3, and the value of M is 12.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1d的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持16个DMRS端口(P8至P23)。16个DMRS端口对应4个CDM group(CDM group 2至CDM group 5)。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为4,M的值为16。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1d, the DMRS pattern supports up to 16 DMRS ports (P8 to P23). 16 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group 2 to CDM group 5). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 16.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1c或1d的情况下,不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1、2、3或4。该第一对应关系和DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1a或1b的情况类似,不再赘述。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1c or 1d, the number of CDM groups that do not send data can be 1, 2, 3 or 4. The first corresponding relationship is similar to the case where the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 1a or 1b, and will not be described again.
综上,当被调度的DMRS端口的DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1a至1d中的任一种时,该第一对应关系可以如表8中所示。In summary, when the DMRS configuration type of the scheduled DMRS port is any one of the DMRS configuration types 1a to 1d, the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 8.
表8

Table 8

其中,“/”表示任意取值,或者说,不考虑该列的信息。Among them, "/" means any value, or that the information of the column is not considered.
本申请实施例中,为了区分现有端口和新增端口,可以将新增端口的索引设置为大于等于“x”。其中,x可以为现有端口的索引的最大值加n。示例性地,n的值可以为1。例如,当现有端口为DMRS配置类型1支持的端口时,x的取值可以8。从而可以通过DMRS端口的索引与“8”的大小关系区分现有端口(现有DMRS配置类型1支持的端口)和新增端口。即“天线端口”列可以指示为与“8”的大小关系。该n的取值还可以大于1,本申请对此不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, in order to distinguish existing ports from new ports, the index of the new port can be set to be greater than or equal to "x". Among them, x can be the maximum index of the existing port plus n. Illustratively, the value of n may be 1. For example, when the existing port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1, the value of x can be 8. Therefore, existing ports (ports supported by existing DMRS configuration type 1) and new ports can be distinguished through the relationship between the DMRS port index and "8". That is, the "antenna port" column may be indicated as a size relationship with "8". The value of n can also be greater than 1, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,该“天线端口”还可以指示具体的天线端口的索引,例如,“天线端口”列指示为“8,9,10…”。It should be understood that the “antenna port” may also indicate an index of a specific antenna port, for example, the “antenna port” column may be indicated as “8, 9, 10 . . . ”.
可选地,“天线端口”还可以指示为DMRS占用的时频资源的索引(例如子载波的索引)或DMRS占用的时频资源的密度(例如为1/2,1/4或1/6)。在“天线端口”指示为DMRS占用的时频资源的索引或DMRS占用的时频资源的密度的情况下,网络设备或终端设备可以通过DMRS端口的索引确定DMRS端口占用的时频资源的信息,例如时频资源的索引、时频资源的密度。Optionally, the "antenna port" may also indicate the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, the index of the subcarrier) or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, 1/2, 1/4 or 1/6 ). In the case where the "antenna port" indicates the index of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS or the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS, the network device or the terminal device can determine the information of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS port through the index of the DMRS port, For example, the index of time-frequency resources and the density of time-frequency resources.
可以理解,对于DMRS端口P0或P1,其可能属于现有的DMRS配置类型1,也可能属于DMRS配置类型1a或DMRS配置类型1c。为了兼容以上两种可能的情况,更灵活地指示参考信号端口的功率比值,可以将该功率比值与DMRS配置类型中CDM组的总数相关联。适用于DMRS配置类型1,DMRS配置类型1a至DMRS配置类型1d的第一对应关系可以如下表9中所示。It can be understood that for DMRS port P0 or P1, it may belong to the existing DMRS configuration type 1, or may belong to DMRS configuration type 1a or DMRS configuration type 1c. In order to be compatible with the above two possible situations and indicate the power ratio of the reference signal port more flexibly, the power ratio can be associated with the total number of CDM groups in the DMRS configuration type. Applicable to DMRS configuration type 1, the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d can be as shown in Table 9 below.
表9
Table 9
根据本申请实施例的方案,在增加DMRS端口的同时,还可以兼容现有终端设备(Rel.15终端,或者说支持现有端口的终端设备),即可将本申请提供的终端设备和仅支持现有标准能力的终端设备进行多用户配对,现有终端设备无需做任何硬件和软件上的更新。兼容现有终端设备是指在进行多用户配对时,可以将现有终端设备和新终端设备(Rel.18终端,或者说支持新增端口的终端设备)调度在相同的时频资源上一起进行传输。According to the solution of the embodiment of this application, while adding DMRS ports, it can also be compatible with existing terminal equipment (Rel.15 terminals, or terminal equipment that supports existing ports), that is, the terminal equipment provided by this application and only Supports multi-user pairing of terminal equipment with existing standard capabilities. Existing terminal equipment does not require any hardware and software updates. Compatibility with existing terminal equipment means that when performing multi-user pairing, existing terminal equipment and new terminal equipment (Rel.18 terminals, or terminal equipment that supports new ports) can be scheduled together on the same time-frequency resources. transmission.
进一步地,当被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型1,DMRS配置类型1a至DMRS配置类型1d支持的端口时,假设DMRS配置类型1,DMRS配置类型1a至DMRS配置类型1d支持的其他端口对应的时频资源全部用来承载DMRS,或者说,假设其他端口全部被占用。该情况下,该第一对应关系如表10中所示。Further, when the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1, DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d, it is assumed that DMRS configuration type 1, DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d correspond to other ports supported All time and frequency resources are used to carry DMRS, or in other words, it is assumed that all other ports are occupied. In this case, the first correspondence relationship is as shown in Table 10.
表10

Table 10

在表10中,当被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型1,DMRS配置类型1a至DMRS配置类型1d支持的端口,且不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,不存在能够“借用”功率的RE,即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率与承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率相同,功率比值为0。In Table 10, when the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1, DMRS configuration type 1a to DMRS configuration type 1d, and the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 1, there is no way to "borrow" power. RE, that is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is the same as the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, and the power ratio is 0.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型1支持的端口,DMRS配置类型1中CDM group 0和CDM group 1对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。此时,被调度的DMRS端口可以是CDM group 0或CDM group 1对应的端口。因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 2, the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1. The REs corresponding to CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 1 carry DMRS reference signals. At this time, the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 1. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original value, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型1a或1c支持的端口,且被调度的DMRS端口可以为现有端口或新增端口,DMRS配置类型中CDM group 0,CDMgroup2以及CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。在被调度的端口为现有端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB;在被调度的端口为新增端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的4倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(4),也就是-6dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3, the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 1a or 1c, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a newly added port. The REs corresponding to CDM group 0, CDM group 2, and CDM group 3 in the DMRS configuration type carry DMRS reference signals. When the scheduled port is an existing port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), that is, -3dB; when the scheduled port is a newly added port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to four times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), that is, -6dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型1b或1d支持的端口,且被调度的DMRS端口均为新增端口,DMRS配置类型中CDM group 2至CDM group 5对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。在被调度的端口为新增端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的4倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(4),也就是-6dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4, the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1b or 1d, and the scheduled DMRS ports are all new ports. In the DMRS configuration type, CDM group 2 to CDM The RE corresponding to group 5 carries the DMRS reference signal. When the scheduled port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 4 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), which is -6dB.
另一个示例中,以当前调度的多个DMRS端口为例说明DMRS配置类型1a至DMRS配置类型1d对应的该第一对应关系。In another example, multiple currently scheduled DMRS ports are used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 1a to 1d.
情况一、对于DMRS配置类型1a或DMRS配置类型1c,假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Case 1: For DMRS configuration type 1a or DMRS configuration type 1c, assuming that the power on each subcarrier is E:
(1)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时:(1) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 2:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/2的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/4的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/2 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/4 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图4的(b)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、4、5、6、8、9、10的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为9E。该9E中2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/2的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/4的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (b) of Figure 4 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, subcarriers used to carry DMRS. The total power of the carrier is 9E. 2/3 of the 9E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/2, and 1/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/4. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型1a或1c支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1a or 1c, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/2和/或密度1/4的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS port according to the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/2 and/or a density of 1/4, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 power ratio.
例如,当前被调度的端口包括DMRS端口P0和DMRS端口P8,则当该DMRS配置类型1a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-10*log10[3*(1+1)/(2*1+1)]=-3dB。For example, the currently scheduled ports include DMRS port P0 and DMRS port P8, then when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 1a is 2, the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port is -10* log10[3*(1+1)/(2*1+1)]=-3dB.
(2)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时: (2) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/2的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/4的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目Where n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) in the DMRS configuration type that occupy a density of 1/2 of the time-frequency resources, and n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) in the DMRS configuration type that occupy a density of 1/4 of the time-frequency resources.
以图4的(b)为例,子载波索引为0至11的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为12E。该12E中1/2用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/2的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/2用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/4的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (b) of Figure 4 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes from 0 to 11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of the subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 1/2 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/2, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/4. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型1a或1c支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for a DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 1a or 1c, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as follows:
网络设备可以根据上式确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-3dB。The network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port to be -3dB based on the above formula.
情况二、对于DMRS配置类型1b或DMRS配置类型1d,假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Case 2: For DMRS configuration type 1b or DMRS configuration type 1d, assuming that the power on each subcarrier is E:
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为k时:When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is k:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用的时频资源的密度为1/4的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy a time-frequency resource density of 1/4 in the DMRS configuration type.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型1b或1d支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 1b or 1d, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与k的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前DMRS配置类型中不发数据的CDM组的数量为k,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the value of k. Therefore, the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port based on the number k of CDM groups that do not send data in the current DMRS configuration type.
综上,当被调度的DMRS端口的DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型1a至1d中的任一种时,该第一对应关系可以如表11中所示。In summary, when the DMRS configuration type of the scheduled DMRS port is any one of the DMRS configuration types 1a to 1d, the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 11.
表11

Table 11

如图6的(b)至图6的(d)所示为三种新增的DMRS配置类型(为了简便,分别记为DMRS配置类型2a、DMRS配置类型2b以及DMRS配置类型2c)对应的DMRS图样。As shown in Figure 6 (b) to Figure 6 (d), the DMRS corresponding to the three new DMRS configuration types (for simplicity, they are recorded as DMRS configuration type 2a, DMRS configuration type 2b and DMRS configuration type 2c respectively) pattern.
具体地,可以将单符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2中的一个CDM group进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2a;将单符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2中的任意两个CDM group进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2b;将单符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2c。其中,将CDM group进行稀疏化设计可以参考图4中的描述。Specifically, one CDM group from CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2a; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed. Any two CDM groups in CDM group 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2b; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the single-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2c. Among them, the sparse design of CDM group can be referred to the description in Figure 4.
如图6的(b)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2a的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持8个DMRS端口(P0至P3、P12至P15),8个DMRS端口对应4个CDM group(CDM group 0、CDM group 1、CDM group 3、CDM group 4)。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为4,M的值为8。且CDM group0或CDM group 1对应的DMRS端口的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度为1/3,CDM group 3或CDM group4对应的DMRS端口的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度为1/6。As shown in Figure 6(b), when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2a, the DMRS pattern supports up to 8 DMRS ports (P0 to P3, P12 to P15), and 8 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 1, CDM group 3, CDM group 4). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 4, and the value of M is 8. And the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group0 or CDM group 1 is 1/3, and the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 3 or CDM group4 is 1/6.
一个示例中,以当前调度的一个DMRS端口(DMRS端口#1)为例说明DMRS配置类型2a对应的该第一对应关系。该DMRS端口#1可以为DMRS配置类型2a支持的DMRS端口中的任一个。In an example, a currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) is used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to DMRS configuration type 2a. The DMRS port #1 may be any DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 2a.
在N的值为4的情况下,该DMRS配置类型A中不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1、2、3或4。对应相同的该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量,当DMRS端口#1为占用的时频资源的密度不同的DMRS端口时,该功率比值不同。In the case where the value of N is 4, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type A may be 1, 2, 3 or 4. Corresponding to the same number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2a, when DMRS port #1 is a DMRS port with different densities of occupied time and frequency resources, the power ratio is different.
情况一:DMRS端口#1为P0、P1、P2或P3Case 1: DMRS port #1 is P0, P1, P2 or P3
即DMRS端口#1为现有端口,或者说,DMRS端口#1为占用时频资源密度为1/3的端口。为了方便描述,以下以DMRS端口#1为P0为例说明。DMRS端口#1为P1、P2或P3与DMRS端口#1为P0的情况类似。That is, DMRS port #1 is an existing port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies 1/3 of the time-frequency resource density. For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P0 as an example. DMRS port #1 is P1, P2 or P3, which is similar to DMRS port #1 being P0.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 1,CDM group3和CDM group4对应的RE上承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据(例如,PDSCH)。此时,功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 1, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to the CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 carry the DMRS port# 1 corresponding data (for example, PDSCH). At this time, the power ratio is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group1对应的RE上不承载信号,CDM group3和CDM group4对应的RE承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据。此时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 2, the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals, the RE corresponding to CDM group 1 does not carry signals, and the RE corresponding to CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 RE carries data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,CDM group 1和CDM group 3对应的RE上可以不承载信号,CDM group 4对应的RE上承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据。此时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2.5倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(2.5),也就是-3.98dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 3, the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries DMRS reference signals, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 1 and CDM group 3 do not need to carry signals. CDM group The RE corresponding to 4 carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 2.5 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2.5), which is -3.98dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,CDM group 1,CDM group 3和CDM group 4对应的RE上可以不承载信号。此时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的3倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 4, the RE corresponding to CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4 do not need to carry the DMRS reference signal. Signal. At this time, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
情况二:DMRS端口#1为P12、P13、P14或P15Case 2: DMRS port #1 is P12, P13, P14 or P15
即DMRS端口#1为新增端口,或者说,DMRS端口#1为占用时频资源密度为1/6的端口。为了方便描述,以下以DMRS端口#1为P12为例说明。DMRS端口#1为P13、P14或P15与DMRS端口#1为P12的情况类似。 That is, DMRS port #1 is a newly added port, or in other words, DMRS port #1 is a port that occupies a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. For convenience of description, the following takes DMRS port #1 as P12 as an example. The situation where DMRS port #1 is P13, P14 or P15 is similar to DMRS port #1 being P12.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 1, the power ratio is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,该CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group0、CDM group 1以及CDM group 4对应的RE中至少一个RE上可以不承载信号。此时,可以借用的RE数量是DMRS端口2对应的RE的数量的1倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 2, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least one RE among the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 It does not need to carry signals. At this time, the number of REs that can be borrowed is 1 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port 2, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,该CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group0、CDM group 1以及CDM group 4对应的RE中至少两个RE上可以不承载信号。此时,可以借用的RE数量是DMRS端口#1对应的RE的数量的2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 3, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least two of the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 RE does not need to carry signals. At this time, the number of REs that can be borrowed is twice the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,该CDM group 3对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group0、CDM group 1以及CDM group 4对应的RE中至少3个RE上可以不承载信号。此时,可以借用的RE数量是DMRS端口#1对应的RE的数量的4倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(4),也就是-6dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 4, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 3 carries the DMRS reference signal, and at least 3 of the REs corresponding to the CDM group 0, CDM group 1 and CDM group 4 RE does not need to carry signals. At this time, the number of REs that can be borrowed is 4 times the number of REs corresponding to DMRS port #1, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(4), which is -6dB.
综上,当DMRS端口#1为新增端口时,该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2,对应的功率比值为-10*log10(N2),N2>1。In summary, when DMRS port #1 is a new port, the number of CDM groups that do not send data in DMRS configuration type 2a is N 2 , and the corresponding power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ), N 2 >1 .
或者说,在当前调度的DMRS端口为新增端口的情况下,对于支持新增端口的终端设备来说,该CDM组的总数可以为6。当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的N2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(N2),N2>1。In other words, when the currently scheduled DMRS port is a new port, for terminal equipment that supports the new port, the total number of the CDM group can be 6. When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is N 2 , the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to the original N 2 times, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ), N 2 >1.
如图6的(c)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2b的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持10个DMRS端口(P0、P1、P12至P19)。10个DMRS端口对应5个CDM group(CDM group 0,CDM group 3至CDM group 6)。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为5,M的值为10。且,CDM group 0对应的DMRS端口的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度1/3,与CDM group 3至CDM group 6中任一个对应的DMRS端口的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度为1/6。As shown in (c) of Figure 6, when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2b, the DMRS pattern supports up to 10 DMRS ports (P0, P1, P12 to P19). 10 DMRS ports correspond to 5 CDM groups (CDM group 0, CDM group 3 to CDM group 6). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 5, and the value of M is 10. Moreover, the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to CDM group 0 is 1/3, and the density of the time-frequency resources occupied by the DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to any one of CDM group 3 to CDM group 6 is 1/6 .
以下以当前调度的一个DMRS端口(DMRS端口#1)为DMRS配置类型2b支持的DMRS端口中的任一个为例说明DMRS配置类型2b对应的该第一对应关系。The following takes the currently scheduled DMRS port (DMRS port #1) as any one of the DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship corresponding to DMRS configuration type 2b.
在N的值为5的情况下,该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1至5中的任一个。In the case where the value of N is 5, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2b may be any one from 1 to 5.
情况一:DMRS端口#1为P0或P1,以下以DMRS端口#1为P0为例进行说明。Scenario 1: DMRS port #1 is P0 or P1. The following description takes DMRS port #1 as P0 as an example.
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 1, the power ratio is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,该CDM group 0对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号,该CDM group 3至CDM group 6中的任一个CDM group对应的RE上不承载信号,其余CDM group对应的RE承载DMRS端口#1对应的数据。此时,承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的1.5倍。即功率比值为-10*log10(1.5),也就是-1.76dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 2, the RE corresponding to the CDM group 0 carries the DMRS reference signal, and the RE corresponding to any CDM group among the CDM group 3 to CDM group 6 No signal is carried, and the RE corresponding to the other CDM groups carries the data corresponding to DMRS port #1. At this time, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 1.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(1.5), which is -1.76dB.
类似地,当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,该CDM group 3至CDM group 6中的任意两个CDM group对应的RE上不承载信号。此时,承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的2倍。即功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。Similarly, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 3, the REs corresponding to any two CDM groups in the CDM group 3 to CDM group 6 do not carry signals. At this time, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is twice the power of each RE carrying PUSCH. That is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的2.5倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(2.5),也就是-3.98dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in DMRS configuration type 2b is 4, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 2.5 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2.5 ), which is -3.98dB.
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时,承载DMRS的每个RE的功率为承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率的3倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data in DMRS configuration type 2b is 5, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is 3 times the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3 ), which is -4.77dB.
情况二:DMRS端口#1为P12至P19中的任一个Case 2: DMRS port #1 is any one from P12 to P19
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,功率比值为0。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 1, the power ratio value is 0.
当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2时,功率比值为-10*log10(N2)。对应N1为2,3,4或5,功率比值分别为-3dB、-4.77dB、-6dB或-6.99dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is N 2 , the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ). Corresponding to N 1 being 2, 3, 4 or 5, the power ratios are -3dB, -4.77dB, -6dB or -6.99dB respectively.
如图6的(d)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2c的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持12个DMRS端口(P12至P23),12个DMRS端口对应6个CDM group(CDM group 3至CDM group8)。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为6,M的值为12。 As shown in (d) of Figure 6, when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2c, the DMRS pattern supports up to 12 DMRS ports (P12 to P23), and the 12 DMRS ports correspond to 6 CDM groups (CDM group 3 to CDM group8). That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 6, and the value of M is 12.
由于该DMRS配置类型2c支持的DMRS端口均为新增端口,当该DMRS配置类型2c中不发数据的CDM组的数量为N2时,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的N2倍,即功率比值为-10*log10(N2)。Since the DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2c are all new ports, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in DMRS configuration type 2c is N 2 , the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to N 2 times. , that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(N 2 ).
在N的值为6的情况下,N2的取值可以为1至6中的任一个。In the case where the value of N is 6, the value of N 2 can be any one from 1 to 6.
当N2的取值为1时,功率比值为0。When the value of N 2 is 1, the power ratio is 0.
当N2的取值为2、3、4、5或6时,功率比值分别为-3dB,-4.77dB,-6dB,-6.99dB或-7.78dB。When the value of N 2 is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, the power ratio is -3dB, -4.77dB, -6dB, -6.99dB or -7.78dB respectively.
如图7的(b)至图7的(d)所示为三种新增的DMRS配置类型对应的DMRS图样,分别记为DMRS配置类型2d,DMRS配置类型2e和DMRS配置类型2f。As shown in Figure 7 (b) to Figure 7 (d), the DMRS patterns corresponding to the three new DMRS configuration types are respectively recorded as DMRS configuration type 2d, DMRS configuration type 2e and DMRS configuration type 2f.
具体地,可以将双符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2中的一个CDM group进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2d;将双符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2中的任意两个CDM group进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2e;将双符号DMRS配置类型2中的CDM group 0至CDM group 2进行稀疏化设计,得到该DMRS配置类型2f。其中,将CDM group进行稀疏化设计可以参考图4中的描述。Specifically, one CDM group from CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2d; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 can be obtained. Any two CDM groups in CDM group 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2e; CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in the dual-symbol DMRS configuration type 2 are sparsely designed to obtain the DMRS configuration type 2f. Among them, the sparse design of CDM group can be referred to the description in Figure 4.
如图7的(b)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2d的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持16个DMRS端口(P0-P3,P6-P8以及P12-P19)。16个DMRS端口对应4个CDM group(CDM group0,CDM group 1,CDM group 3以及CDM group 4)。即上述N的值为4,M的值为16。CDM group对应的DMRS端口的DMRS占用的时频资源的密度可以参考DMRS配置类型2a。As shown in (b) of Figure 7, when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2d, the DMRS pattern supports up to 16 DMRS ports (P0-P3, P6-P8 and P12-P19). 16 DMRS ports correspond to 4 CDM groups (CDM group0, CDM group 1, CDM group 3 and CDM group 4). That is, the value of N above is 4, and the value of M is 16. For the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS of the DMRS port corresponding to the CDM group, please refer to DMRS configuration type 2a.
类似地,如图7的(c)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2e的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持20个DMRS端口。20个DMRS端口对应5个CDM group。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为5,M的值为20。Similarly, as shown in (c) of Figure 7 , when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2e, the DMRS pattern supports up to 20 DMRS ports. 20 DMRS ports correspond to 5 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 5, and the value of M is 20.
如图7的(d)所示,在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2f的情况下,DMRS图样最多支持24个DMRS端口。24个DMRS端口对应6个CDM group。即上述CDM组的总数N的值为6,M的值为24。As shown in (d) of Figure 7, when the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2f, the DMRS pattern supports up to 24 DMRS ports. 24 DMRS ports correspond to 6 CDM groups. That is, the value of N, the total number of CDM groups mentioned above, is 6, and the value of M is 24.
在DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2d至2f的情况下,不发数据的CDM组的数量可以为1至6中的任一个。该第一对应关系和DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2a至2c的情况类似,不再赘述。When the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2d to 2f, the number of CDM groups that do not transmit data may be any one from 1 to 6. The first corresponding relationship is similar to the case where the DMRS configuration type is DMRS configuration type 2a to 2c, and will not be described again.
综上,当被调度的DMRS端口属于DMRS配置类型2,DMRS配置类型2a至2f中的任一个时,第一对应关系如表12中所示。In summary, when the scheduled DMRS port belongs to DMRS configuration type 2 or any one of DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f, the first corresponding relationship is as shown in Table 12.
表12

Table 12

进一步地,当被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2,DMRS配置类型2a至DMRS配置类型2f支持的端口时,假设DMRS配置类型2,DMRS配置类型2a至DMRS配置类型2f支持的其他端口对应的时频资源全部用来承载DMRS,或者说,假设其他端口全部被占用。该情况下,第一对应关系如表13中所示。Further, when the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, DMRS configuration type 2a to DMRS configuration type 2f, it is assumed that DMRS configuration type 2, DMRS configuration type 2a to DMRS configuration type 2f are supported by other ports corresponding to All time and frequency resources are used to carry DMRS, or in other words, it is assumed that all other ports are occupied. In this case, the first correspondence relationship is as shown in Table 13.
表13
Table 13
其中,“/”表示任意取值,或者说,不考虑该列的信息。Among them, "/" means any value, or that the information of the column is not considered.
本申请实施例中,为了区分现有端口和新增端口,可以将新增端口的索引设置为大于等于“x”。其中,x可以为现有端口的索引的最大值加n。示例性地,n的值可以为1,例如,当现有端口为DMRS配置类型2支持的端口时,x的取值可以12。从而可以通过DMRS端口的索引与“12”的大小关系区分现有端口(现有DMRS配置类型2支持的端口)和新增端口。即“天线端口”列可以指示为与“12”的大小关系。该n的取值还可以大于1,本申请对此不做限定。In this embodiment of the present application, in order to distinguish existing ports from new ports, the index of the new port can be set to be greater than or equal to "x". Among them, x can be the maximum index of the existing port plus n. For example, the value of n may be 1. For example, when the existing port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, the value of x may be 12. Therefore, existing ports (ports supported by existing DMRS configuration type 2) and new ports can be distinguished through the relationship between the index of the DMRS port and "12". That is, the "antenna port" column may be indicated as a size relationship to "12". The value of n can also be greater than 1, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,“天线端口”还可以指示具体的天线端口的索引,例如,“天线端口”列指示为“12,13,…”。It should be understood that "antenna port" may also indicate the index of a specific antenna port. For example, the "antenna port" column is indicated as "12, 13,...".
可选地,“天线端口”还可以指示为DMRS占用的时频资源的索引(例如子载波的索引)或DMRS占用的时频资源的密度(例如为1/2,1/4或1/6)。Optionally, the "antenna port" may also indicate the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, the index of the subcarrier) or the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the DMRS (for example, 1/2, 1/4 or 1/6 ).
在表13中,当被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2,DMRS配置类型2a至DMRS配置类型2f支持的端口,且不发数据的CDM组的数量为1时,不存在能够“借用”功率的RE,即承载DMRS的每个RE的功率与承载PUSCH的每个RE的功率相同,功率比值为0。In Table 13, when the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, DMRS configuration type 2a to DMRS configuration type 2f, and the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 1, there is no way to "borrow" power. RE, that is, the power of each RE carrying DMRS is the same as the power of each RE carrying PUSCH, and the power ratio is 0.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2支持的端口,DMRS配置类型2中CDM group 0和CDM group 1对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。此时,被调度的DMRS端口可以是CDM group 0或CDM group 1对应的端口。因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的2倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(2),也就是-3dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 2, the scheduled DMRS port is the port supported by DMRS configuration type 2, and the REs corresponding to CDM group 0 and CDM group 1 in DMRS configuration type 2 carry DMRS reference signals. At this time, the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0 or CDM group 1. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to twice the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(2), which is -3dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2支持的端口,DMRS配置类型2中CDM group 0至CDM group 2对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。此时,被调度的DMRS端口可以是CDM group 0、CDM group 1或CDM group 2对应的端口。因此,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的3倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3, the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2. The REs corresponding to CDM group 0 to CDM group 2 in DMRS configuration type 2 carry DMRS reference signals. At this time, the scheduled DMRS port can be the port corresponding to CDM group 0, CDM group 1 or CDM group 2. Therefore, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2a或2d支持的端口,且被调度的DMRS端口可以为现有端口或新增端口,DMRS配置类型中CDM group 0,CDMgroup 1,CDMgroup 3以及CDM group 4对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。在被调度的端口为现有端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的3倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB;在被调度的端口为新增端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的6倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(6),也就是-7.78dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4, the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2a or 2d, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a new port. In the DMRS configuration type, CDM REs corresponding to group 0, CDMgroup 1, CDMgroup 3 and CDM group 4 carry DMRS reference signals. When the scheduled port is an existing port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB; when the scheduled port When the port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(6), which is -7.78dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2b或2e支持的端口,且被调度的DMRS端口可以为现有端口或新增端口,DMRS配置类型中CDM group 0,CDMgroup  3至CDM group 6对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。在被调度的端口为现有端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的3倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(3),也就是-4.77dB;在被调度的端口为新增端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的6倍,即该功率比值为-10*log10(6),也就是-7.78dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the scheduled DMRS port is a port supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or 2e, and the scheduled DMRS port can be an existing port or a new port. In the DMRS configuration type, CDM group 0, CDMgroup REs corresponding to CDM group 3 to 6 carry DMRS reference signals. When the scheduled port is an existing port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 3 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(3), which is -4.77dB; when the scheduled port When the port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, that is, the power ratio is -10*log10(6), which is -7.78dB.
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为6时,被调度的DMRS端口为DMRS配置类型2c或2f支持的端口,且被调度的DMRS端口均为新增端口,DMRS配置类型中CDM group 3至CDM group 8对应的RE上承载DMRS参考信号。在被调度的端口为新增端口的情况下,承载DMRS的RE的功率可提升为原来的6倍,也就是-7.78dB。When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 6, the scheduled DMRS ports are ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2c or 2f, and the scheduled DMRS ports are all new ports. In the DMRS configuration type, CDM group 3 to CDM The RE corresponding to group 8 carries the DMRS reference signal. When the scheduled port is a new port, the power of the RE carrying DMRS can be increased to 6 times the original, which is -7.78dB.
另一个示例性中,以当前调度的多个DMRS端口为例说明DMRS配置类型2a至DMRS配置类型2f对应的该第一对应关系。In another example, multiple currently scheduled DMRS ports are used as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f.
情况一、对于DMRS配置类型2a或DMRS配置类型2d,假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Case 1: For DMRS configuration type 2a or DMRS configuration type 2d, assume that the power on each subcarrier is E:
(1)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时:(1) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用的时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
以图6的(b)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、4、6、7、8、9、10的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为10E。该10E中4/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (b) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS The total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 4/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2a或2d支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2a or 2d, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/3和/或密度1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS port according to the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 power ratio.
例如,当前被调度的端口包括DMRS端口P0和DMRS端口P12,则当该DMRS配置类型2a中不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-10*log10[5*(1+1)/(4*1+1)]=-3dB。For example, the currently scheduled ports include DMRS port P0 and DMRS port P12, then when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2a is 3, the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port is -10* log10[5*(1+1)/(4*1+1)]=-3dB.
(2)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时:(2) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用的时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
以图6的(b)为例,即子载波索引为0至11的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为12E。该12E中2/3用于承载占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (b) of Figure 6 as an example, that is, REs with subcarrier indexes from 0 to 11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of the subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 2/3 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2a或DMRS配置类型2d支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for a DMRS port supported by DMRS configuration type 2a or DMRS configuration type 2d, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as follows:
网络设备可以根据上式确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。The network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
情况二、对于DMRS配置类型2b或DMRS配置类型2e,假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Case 2: For DMRS configuration type 2b or DMRS configuration type 2e, assuming that the power on each subcarrier is E:
(1)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时:(1) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 2:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、6、7、8的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为6E。该9E中2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of FIG. 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, and 8 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 6E. 2/3 of the 9E are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2b或2e支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or 2e, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/3和/或密度为1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
例如,当前被调度的端口包括DMRS端口P0和DMRS端口P16,则当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-10*log10[3*(1+1)/(2*1+1)]=-3dB。For example, the currently scheduled ports include DMRS port P0 and DMRS port P16, then when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 2, the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port is -10* log10[3*(1+1)/(2*1+1)]=-3dB.
(2)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时:(2) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type.
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、6、7、8、9的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为8E。该12E中1/2用于承载占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/2用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the subcarriers used to carry DMRS The total power is 8E. 1/2 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2b或2e支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or 2e, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
网络设备可以根据上式确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-3dB。The network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port to be -3dB based on the above formula.
(3)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时:(3) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用的时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。 Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the DMRS configuration type.
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、4、6、7、8、9、10的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为10E。该10E中2/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,3/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS The total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 2/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 3/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (eg, PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2b或2e支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or 2e, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/3和/或密度为1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
例如,当前被调度的端口包括DMRS端口P0和DMRS端口P16,则当该DMRS配置类型2b中不发数据的CDM组的数量为2时,每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-10log10[5(1+1)/(2+3)]=-3dB。For example, the currently scheduled ports include DMRS port P0 and DMRS port P16, then when the number of CDM groups that do not send data in the DMRS configuration type 2b is 2, the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port is -10log 10 [5(1+1)/(2+3)]=-3dB.
(4)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时:(4) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目。n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用的时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Wherein, n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) whose density of occupied time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type is 1/3, and n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (newly added ports) whose density of occupied time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type is 1/6.
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0至11的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为12E。该12E中1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes from 0 to 11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 1/3 of the 12E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 2/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2b或DMRS配置类型2e支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2b or DMRS configuration type 2e, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
网络设备可以根据上式确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。The network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
情况三、对于DMRS配置类型2c或DMRS配置类型2f,假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Case 3: For DMRS configuration type 2c or DMRS configuration type 2f, assuming that the power on each subcarrier is E:
当不发数据的CDM组的数量为k时:When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is k:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n2表示当前被调度的DMRS配置类型2c或2f中的占用的时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 2 represents the number of DMRS ports (new ports) that occupy a time-frequency resource density of 1/6 in the currently scheduled DMRS configuration type 2c or 2f.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,对于DMRS配置类型2c或2f支持的DMRS端口,其对应的功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, for DMRS ports supported by DMRS configuration type 2c or 2f, the corresponding power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与k的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前DMRS配置类型中不发数据的CDM组的数量为k,确定每个被调度的DMRS 端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the value of k. Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS based on the number k of CDM groups that do not send data in the current DMRS configuration type. Port power ratio.
综上,当被调度的DMRS端口的DMRS配置类型为DMRS配置类型2a至2f中的任一种时,该第一对应关系可以如表14中所示。In summary, when the DMRS configuration type of the scheduled DMRS port is any one of the DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f, the first correspondence relationship may be as shown in Table 14.
表14

Table 14

其中,在不发数据的CDM组数,n1以及n2确定,且β的取值不是唯一取值的情况下,网络设备或终端设备可以根据DMRS配置类型确定β的取值。例如,在不发数据的CDM组数为4,n1为1以及n2为2的情况下,若DMRS的配置类型为2a或2d,则β的取值为-3.52dB;若DMRS的配置类型为2b或2e,则β的取值为-0.27dB。Among them, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data, n 1 and n 2 are determined, and the value of β is not the only value, the network device or terminal device can determine the value of β according to the DMRS configuration type. For example, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4, n 1 is 1 and n 2 is 2, if the DMRS configuration type is 2a or 2d, the value of β is -3.52dB; if the DMRS configuration type If the type is 2b or 2e, the value of β is -0.27dB.
需要说明的是,表14仅为第一对应关系的一个示例。在实际的配置中,该第一对应关系还可以是表14的子表,即该第一对应关系可以包括表14的部分行。It should be noted that Table 14 is only an example of the first correspondence relationship. In an actual configuration, the first correspondence relationship may also be a sub-table of table 14 , that is, the first correspondence relationship may include some rows of table 14 .
再一个示例性中,对于新终端设备(Rel.18终端,或者说支持新增端口的终端设备)以当前调度 的多个DMRS端口为例说明DMRS配置类型2a至DMRS配置类型2f对应的该第一对应关系。In another example, for a new terminal device (Rel.18 terminal, or a terminal device that supports new ports), the current schedule Multiple DMRS ports are taken as an example to illustrate the first correspondence relationship between DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f.
假设每个子载波上的功率为E:Assume that the power on each subcarrier is E:
(1)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时:(1) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、6、7、8的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为6E。该6E中2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, and 8 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of the subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 6E . 2/3 of the 6E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/3和/或密度为1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
例如,当前被调度的端口包括DMRS端口P0和DMRS端口P12,则当不发数据的CDM组的数量为3时,每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值为-10log10[3(1+1)/(2+1)]=-3.01dB。For example, the currently scheduled ports include DMRS port P0 and DMRS port P12, then when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 3, the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port is -10log 10 [3(1+1 )/(2+1)]=-3.01dB.
(2)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时:(2) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4:
DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、6、7、8、9的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为8E。该6E中1/2用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/2用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 9 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the subcarriers used to carry DMRS The total power is 8E. 1/2 of the 6E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/2 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为4时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 4, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
网络设备可以根据上式确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。The network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port according to the above formula.
(3)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时:(3) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5:
一种情况下,DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: In one case, the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、4、6、7、8、9、10的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为10E。该10E中2/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,3/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。 Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS The total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 2/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 3/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,该情况下,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, in this case, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
另一种情况下,DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: In another case, the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) in the DMRS configuration type whose density of occupied time-frequency resources is 1/3, and n2 represents the number of DMRS ports (newly added ports) in the DMRS configuration type whose density of occupied time-frequency resources is 1/6.
以图6的(b)为例,其中,子载波索引为0、1、2、3、4、6、7、8、9、10的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为10E。该10E中4/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/5用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (b) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, used to carry DMRS The total power of the subcarriers is 10E. 4/5 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/5 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, DMRS is used in each The power P DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,该情况下,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, in this case, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源的密度为1/3和/或密度为1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine each scheduled DMRS according to the number of currently scheduled DMRS ports that occupy time-frequency resources with a density of 1/3 and/or a density of 1/6, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 Port power ratio.
(4)当不发数据的CDM组的数量为6时:(4) When the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 6:
一种情况下,DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: In one case, the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图6的(c)为例,其中,子载波索引为0-11的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为12E。该10E中1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS。因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。Taking (c) of Figure 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes 0-11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 1/3 of the 10E is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 2/3 is used to carry DMRS that occupies a DMRS port with a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,该情况下,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为5时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, in this case, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 5, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
另一种情况下,DMRS在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: In another case, the power of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as:
其中,n1表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/3的DMRS端口(现有端口)的数目,n2表示DMRS配置类型中占用时频资源的密度为1/6的DMRS端口(新增端口)的数目。Among them, n 1 represents the number of DMRS ports (existing ports) that occupy 1/3 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type, and n 2 represents the DMRS ports that occupy 1/6 of the time-frequency resources in the DMRS configuration type. The number of (new ports).
以图6的(b)为例,其中,子载波索引为0-11的RE可以用于承载DMRS,也就是,用于承载DMRS的子载波的总功率为12E。该12E中2/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/3的DMRS端口的DMRS,1/3用于承载占用时频资源密度为1/6的DMRS端口的DMRS,因此,DMRS在每个RE上的功率PDMRS可以表示为上式。 Taking (b) of FIG. 6 as an example, REs with subcarrier indexes of 0-11 can be used to carry DMRS, that is, the total power of subcarriers used to carry DMRS is 12E. 2/3 of the 12E are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/3, and 1/3 are used to carry DMRS of DMRS ports occupying a time-frequency resource density of 1/6. Therefore, the power P DMRS of DMRS on each RE can be expressed as the above formula.
数据(例如,PDSCH)在每个RE上的功率可以表示为: The power of data (e.g., PDSCH) on each RE can be expressed as:
因此,该情况下,当不发数据的CDM组的数量为6时,功率比值β可以表示为下式:
Therefore, in this case, when the number of CDM groups that do not send data is 6, the power ratio β can be expressed as the following formula:
从以上功率比值β的表达式可以看出,当前被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值与n1、n2的值相关。从而,网络设备可以根据当前调度的占用时频资源为1/3和/或1/6的DMRS端口的数量,即n1、n2的取值,确定每个被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above expression of the power ratio β that the power ratio of the currently scheduled DMRS port is related to the values of n 1 and n 2 . Therefore, the network device can determine the power ratio of each scheduled DMRS port based on the currently scheduled number of DMRS ports occupying 1/3 and/or 1/6 of the time-frequency resources, that is, the values of n 1 and n 2 .
再一个示例中,对于DMRS配置类型1E(包括DMRS配置类型1a至1d)和DMRS配置类型2E(包括DMRS配置类型2a至2f)中,不同CDM组对应的DMRS端口占用的时频资源的密度相同的情况(例如DMRS配置类型1b,DMRS配置类型2c),该第一对应关系可以如表15中所示。In another example, for DMRS configuration type 1E (including DMRS configuration types 1a to 1d) and DMRS configuration type 2E (including DMRS configuration types 2a to 2f), the density of time-frequency resources occupied by DMRS ports corresponding to different CDM groups is the same. In the case of (for example, DMRS configuration type 1b, DMRS configuration type 2c), the first corresponding relationship may be as shown in Table 15.
表15
Table 15
应理解,本申请并不对DMRS图样进行限定,图4至图7所示的DMRS图样仅是示例,并不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should be understood that this application does not limit the DMRS patterns. The DMRS patterns shown in Figures 4 to 7 are only examples and should not constitute any limitation on this application.
综上,在对协议当前支持的DMRS端口进行扩充的情况下,本申请实施例提供的方案能够灵活指示各DMRS端口的功率比值,进而提高发送参考信号的发射功率。In summary, when the DMRS ports currently supported by the protocol are expanded, the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can flexibly indicate the power ratio of each DMRS port, thereby increasing the transmission power of the reference signal.
由以上可知,在被调度的DMRS端口对应的DMRS配置类型为图4至图7中的任一种配置类型的情况下,网络设备可以根据表8至表15中所示的第一对应关系确定被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值。It can be seen from the above that when the DMRS configuration type corresponding to the scheduled DMRS port is any one of the configuration types in Figures 4 to 7, the network device can determine based on the first correspondence relationship shown in Tables 8 to 15 Power ratio of scheduled DMRS ports.
其中,第一CDM组的数量即为表8至表15中所示的“不发数据的CDM组的数量”。该第一CDM组的数量与被调度的DMRS端口之间存在第二对应关系。结合图4至图7所示的DMRS配置类型,该第二对应关系可以如表16至表21中所示。Among them, the number of the first CDM group is the "number of CDM groups that do not send data" shown in Table 8 to Table 15. There is a second corresponding relationship between the number of the first CDM group and the scheduled DMRS ports. Combined with the DMRS configuration types shown in Figures 4 to 7, the second corresponding relationship may be as shown in Tables 16 to 21.
表16(配置类型1E(包括DMRS配置类型1a和1b),maxLength=1)

Table 16 (Configuration type 1E (including DMRS configuration types 1a and 1b), maxLength=1)

表17(配置类型1E(包括DMRS配置类型1a和1b),maxLength=1)

Table 17 (Configuration type 1E (including DMRS configuration types 1a and 1b), maxLength=1)

表18(配置类型1E(包括配置类型1c和1d),maxLength=2)

Table 18 (Configuration Type 1E (including Configuration Type 1c and 1d), maxLength=2)

表19(配置类型2E(包括配置类型2a至2c),maxLength=1)


Table 19 (Configuration Type 2E (including Configuration Types 2a to 2c), maxLength=1)


表20(配置类型2E(包括配置类型2a至2c),maxLength=1)

Table 20 (Configuration type 2E (including configuration types 2a to 2c), maxLength=1)

表21(配置类型2E(包括配置类型2d至2f),maxLength=2)



Table 21 (Configuration type 2E (including configuration types 2d to 2f), maxLength=2)



表16中,DMRS端口索引值为0~3时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为4~11时,表示新增端口;表17中,DMRS端口索引值为0~3时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为8~15时,表示新增端口;表18中,DMRS端口索引值为0~7时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为8~23时,表示新增端口;表19中,DMRS端口索引值为0~5时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为6~17时,表示新增端口;表20中,DMRS端口索引值为0~5时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为12~23时,表示新增端口;表21中,DMRS端口索引值为0~11时,表示现有端口,DMRS端口索引值为12~35时,表示新增端口;应理解,上述表16至表21仅是示例,并不应对本申请构成任何限定。In Table 16, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 3, it indicates an existing port; when the DMRS port index value is 4 to 11, it indicates a new port; in Table 17, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 3, it indicates an existing port. There are ports. When the DMRS port index value is 8 to 15, it indicates a new port. In Table 18, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 7, it indicates an existing port. When the DMRS port index value is 8 to 23, it indicates a new port. Port; in Table 19, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 5, it indicates an existing port; when the DMRS port index value is 6 to 17, it indicates a new port; in Table 20, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 5, Indicates an existing port. When the DMRS port index value is 12 to 23, it indicates a new port. In Table 21, when the DMRS port index value is 0 to 11, it indicates an existing port. When the DMRS port index value is 12 to 35, it indicates New ports; It should be understood that the above Tables 16 to 21 are only examples and should not constitute any limitation on this application.
在网络设备根据表8至表15中所示的第一对应关系确定被调度的DMRS端口的功率比值之后,网络设备还可以根据时频资源映射规则将该参考信号映射到对应的时频资源上(参考S320)。以下结合图4至图7所示的DMRS配置类型,详细说明该时频资源映射规则。After the network device determines the power ratio of the scheduled DMRS port according to the first correspondence relationship shown in Table 8 to Table 15, the network device can also map the reference signal to the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the time-frequency resource mapping rule. (Refer to S320). The time-frequency resource mapping rules will be described in detail below in conjunction with the DMRS configuration types shown in Figures 4 to 7.
一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
In a possible implementation, the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子;wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数,具体取值如表22至表25中任一所示,r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor; w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; c It represents the expansion capability coefficient. The specific value is as shown in any one of Table 22 to Table 25. r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
另一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
In another possible implementation, the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
c=1,2

n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子;wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素;c表征扩容能力系数,具体取值如表22至表25中任一所示,r(n)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor; w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′; c It represents the expansion capability coefficient. The specific value is as shown in any one of Table 22 to Table 25. r(n) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
其中,在表22至表25中,p=1000+端口索引值。表22对应于对配置类型1单符号扩展获得的图样;表23对应于对配置类型1双符号扩展获得的图样;表24对应于对配置类型2单符号扩展获得的图样;表25对应于对配置类型2双符号扩展获得的图样。Among them, in Table 22 to Table 25, p=1000+port index value. Table 22 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 1; Table 23 corresponds to the pattern obtained by double-sign extension of configuration type 1; Table 24 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-sign extension of configuration type 2; Table 25 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-sign extension of configuration type 2 Pattern obtained by configuring type 2 double sign extension.
表22

Table 22

表22中,端口索引值为0~3时,对应的DMRS端口为现有端口,端口索引值为4~11时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定,例如,新增端口的端口索引值还可以为8~15。即可以将表22中天线端口P索引值为1004~1011依次替换为1008~1015。In Table 22, when the port index value is 0 to 3, the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port; when the port index value is 4 to 11, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port. For example, the port index value of the new port can also be 8 to 15. That is, the antenna port P index values 1004 to 1011 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1008 to 1015 in sequence.
表23
Table 23
表23中,端口索引值为0~7时,对应的DMRS端口为现有端口,端口索引值为8~23时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定。In Table 23, when the port index value is 0 to 7, the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port; when the port index value is 8 to 23, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
表24

Table 24

表24中,端口索引值为0~5时,对应的DMRS端口为现有端口,端口索引值为6~17时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定,例如,新增端口的端口索引值还可以为12~23。即可以将表22中天线端口P索引值为1006~1017依次替换为1012~1023。In Table 24, when the port index value is 0 to 5, the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port, and when the port index value is 6 to 17, the corresponding DMRS port is a newly added port. This application does not limit the index value of the newly added DMRS port. For example, the port index value of the newly added port can also be 12 to 23. That is, the antenna port P index values 1006 to 1017 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1012 to 1023 in sequence.
表25

Table 25

表25中,端口索引值为0~11时,对应的DMRS端口为现有端口,端口索引值为12~35时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定。In Table 25, when the port index value is 0 to 11, the corresponding DMRS port is an existing port; when the port index value is 12 to 35, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
另一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
In another possible implementation, the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子;wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素,具体取值如表26至表29中所示;r(2n+k′)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor; w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′, specifically The values are as shown in Table 26 to Table 29; r(2n+k′) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
另一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号端口p对应参考信号序列参考信号序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素满足下述关系:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
In another possible implementation, the reference signal port p corresponds to the reference signal sequence reference signal sequence Element mapped on the k-th subcarrier and l-th symbol Satisfy the following relationship:


k′=0,1
n=0,1,...
l′=0,1
其中,为功率缩放因子;wf(k′)为索引为k′的子载波对应的频域掩码元素,wt(l′)为索引为l′的OFDM符号对应的时域掩码元素,具体取值如表26至表29中所示;r(n)为基序列映射在第k个子载波和第l个符号上的元素。in, is the power scaling factor; w f (k′) is the frequency domain mask element corresponding to the subcarrier with index k′, w t (l′) is the time domain mask element corresponding to the OFDM symbol with index l′, specifically The values are as shown in Table 26 to Table 29; r(n) is the element of the base sequence mapped on the k-th subcarrier and the l-th symbol.
其中,表26对应于对配置类型1单符号扩展获得的图样;表27对应于对配置类型1双符号扩展获得的图样;表28对应于对配置类型2单符号扩展获得的图样;表29对应于对配置类型2双符号扩展获得的 图样。Among them, Table 26 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 1; Table 27 corresponds to the pattern obtained by double-sign extension of configuration type 1; Table 28 corresponds to the pattern obtained by single-symbol extension of configuration type 2; Table 29 corresponds to Obtained from double sign extension of configuration type 2 pattern.
表26
Table 26
表26中,端口索引值为4~11时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定,例如,新增端口的端口索引值还可以为8~15。即可以将表22中天线端口P索引值为1004~1011依次替换为1008~1015。In Table 26, when the port index value is 4 to 11, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port. For example, the port index value of the new port can also be 8 to 15. That is, the antenna port P index values 1004 to 1011 in Table 22 can be replaced with 1008 to 1015 in sequence.
表27
Table 27
表27中,端口索引值为8~23时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定。In Table 27, when the port index value is 8 to 23, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port.
表28

Table 28

表28中,端口索引值为6~17时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定,例如,新增端口的端口索引值还可以为12~23。即可以将表28中天线端口P索引值为1006~1017依次替换为1012~1023。In Table 28, when the port index value is 6 to 17, the corresponding DMRS port is a new port. This application does not limit the index value of the new DMRS port. For example, the port index value of the new port can also be 12 to 23. That is, the antenna port P index values 1006 to 1017 in Table 28 can be replaced with 1012 to 1023 in sequence.
表29
Table 29
表29中,端口索引值为12~35时,对应的DMRS端口为新增端口。本申请对DMRS新增端口的索引值不做限定。In Table 29, when the port index value is 12 to 35, the corresponding DMRS port is a newly added port. This application does not limit the index value of the newly added DMRS port.
在根据上述时频资源映射规则将DMRS映射到对应的时频资源上后,网络设备可以向终端设备发送该DMRS。进一步地,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息(参考S330),该指示信息DMRS配置类型,以及被调度的DMRS端口。网络设备指示的DMRS配置类型可以包括图4至图7所示的任一种DMRS配置类型;网络设备指示的被调度的DMRS端口可以为如表16至表21中任一行。从而,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示信息,在相应的时频资源上基于功率比值接收DMRS。After mapping the DMRS to the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the above time-frequency resource mapping rules, the network device can send the DMRS to the terminal device. Further, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device (refer to S330), the indication information DMRS configuration type, and the scheduled DMRS port. The DMRS configuration type indicated by the network device may include any of the DMRS configuration types shown in Figures 4 to 7; the scheduled DMRS port indicated by the network device may be any row in Table 16 to Table 21. Therefore, the terminal device can receive DMRS based on the power ratio on the corresponding time-frequency resource according to the instruction information of the network device.
上文中主要介绍了下行通信中发送参考信号的方案,下文简要介绍上行通信中发送参考信号的方案。 The above mainly introduces the scheme of sending reference signals in downlink communication, and the following briefly introduces the scheme of sending reference signals in uplink communication.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种发送和接收参考信号的方法800的示意性流程图。下面以参考信号为DMRS对方法800中的各步骤进行简要说明。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method 800 for sending and receiving reference signals provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each step in the method 800 is briefly described below, taking the reference signal as DMRS.
S810,网络设备确定被调度的DMRS端口。S810, the network device determines a scheduled DMRS port.
具体地,网络设备可以根据当前传输的数据流数确定被调度的DMRS端口。该被调度的DMRS端口对应一种DMRS的配置类型。Specifically, the network device may determine the scheduled DMRS port according to the number of currently transmitted data streams. The scheduled DMRS port corresponds to a DMRS configuration type.
该被调度的DMRS端口属于一个DMRS端口集合(第一端口集合),该第一端口集合包括M个DMRS端口,或者说,被调度的DMRS端口为M个DMRS端口中的一个或多个。The scheduled DMRS port belongs to a DMRS port set (first port set), and the first port set includes M DMRS ports. In other words, the scheduled DMRS port is one or more of the M DMRS ports.
该M个DMRS端口可以是系统最多支持的DMRS端口。该M个DMRS端口对应N个CDM组。对于不同的DMRS的配置类型,该M,N的取值可以不同。具体地,该第一端口集合的描述以及该N和M的取值可以参考S310。The M DMRS ports may be the most DMRS ports supported by the system. The M DMRS ports correspond to N CDM groups. For different DMRS configuration types, the values of M and N may be different. Specifically, the description of the first port set and the values of N and M may refer to S310.
S820,网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。相应地,终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。S820: The network device sends instruction information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
其中,该指示信息包括用于指示DMRS配置类型的指示信息(第一指示信息),或者说,该第一指示信息用于指示当前调度的DMRS的配置类型。示例性的,该指示信息可以通过RRC发送。The indication information includes indication information (first indication information) used to indicate the DMRS configuration type, or in other words, the first indication information is used to indicate the configuration type of the currently scheduled DMRS. For example, the indication information may be sent through RRC.
该指示信息还包括用于指示被调度的DMRS端口的指示信息(第二指示信息),或者说,该第二指示信息用于指示网络设备配置的DMRS端口。示例性的,该指示信息可以通过DCI发送。The indication information also includes indication information (second indication information) used to indicate the scheduled DMRS port, or in other words, the second indication information is used to indicate the DMRS port configured by the network device. For example, the indication information may be sent through DCI.
S830,终端设备根据指示信息确定功率比值β。S830: The terminal device determines the power ratio β according to the indication information.
该功率比值β与DMRS的配置类型,第一CDM组的数量以及第一参数相关联。The power ratio β is associated with the configuration type of the DMRS, the number of the first CDM group and the first parameter.
其中,该第一参数与参考信号占用的时频资源相关联。该第一参数可以包括以下至少一项:The first parameter is associated with the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. The first parameter may include at least one of the following:
参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,参考信号占用的时频资源的密度。其中,参考信号占用的时频资源的索引例如为参考信号占用的子载波的索引。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the density of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. The index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal is, for example, the index of the subcarrier occupied by the reference signal.
具体地,终端设备可以根据来自网络设备的指示信息确定参考信号的配置类型。终端设备可以根据当前被调度的DMRS端口与第二对应关系确定该第一CDM组的数量。该第二对应关系包括当前被调度的DMRS端口与该第一CDM组的数量的对应关系,具体可以参考S330中的描述。终端设备可以根据DMRS的配置类型,第一参数,以及第一CDM组的数量确定功率比值β。Specifically, the terminal device may determine the configuration type of the reference signal according to the indication information from the network device. The terminal device may determine the number of the first CDM group based on the currently scheduled DMRS port and the second corresponding relationship. The second correspondence includes a correspondence between the currently scheduled DMRS ports and the number of the first CDM group. For details, please refer to the description in S330. The terminal device may determine the power ratio β according to the DMRS configuration type, the first parameter, and the number of the first CDM group.
S840,终端设备在被调度的DMRS端口上基于功率比值β发送DMRS。S840: The terminal device sends DMRS based on the power ratio β on the scheduled DMRS port.
相应地,网络设备在被调度的DMRS端口上接收来自终端设备的DMRS。Correspondingly, the network device receives the DMRS from the terminal device on the scheduled DMRS port.
在终端设备向网络设备发送DMRS之前,终端设备还可以基于功率比值β确定该DMRS,并根据时频资源映射规则将DMRS序列映射到相应的时频资源上。Before the terminal device sends the DMRS to the network device, the terminal device may also determine the DMRS based on the power ratio β, and map the DMRS sequence to the corresponding time-frequency resources according to the time-frequency resource mapping rule.
终端设备基于功率比值确定DMRS和网络设备确定DMRS类似,具体可以参考S320中的描述。The terminal device's determination of DMRS based on the power ratio is similar to the network device's determination of DMRS. For details, please refer to the description in S320.
应理解,本申请实施例中的具体的例子只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请实施例,而非限制本申请实施例的范围。It should be understood that the specific examples in the embodiments of the present application are only to help those skilled in the art better understand the embodiments of the present application, but are not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
还应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the size of the serial numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, if there are no special instructions or logical conflicts, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other. The technical features in different embodiments New embodiments can be formed based on their internal logical relationships.
以上,结合图2至图8详细说明了本申请实施例提供的发送参考信号的方法。以下结合图9至图12说明本申请提供的通信装置、网络设备以及终端设备。The method for transmitting a reference signal provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 2 to 8 . The following describes the communication device, network equipment and terminal equipment provided by the present application with reference to FIGS. 9 to 12 .
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置900的示意图。Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of a communication device 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
该通信装置900包括收发单元910和处理单元920,收发单元910可以用于实现相应的通信功能,收发单元910还可以称为通信接口或通信单元,处理单元920可以用于进行数据处理。The communication device 900 includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920. The transceiver unit 910 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions. The transceiver unit 910 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing unit 920 can be used to perform data processing.
可选地,该通信装置900还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元920可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中网络设备的动作。Optionally, the communication device 900 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 920 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the aforementioned methods. The actions of the network device in the example.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置900可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的网络设备执行的步骤或者流程。其中,收发单元910可用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作,如图3或图8所示实施例中网络设备的收发相关的操作;处理单元920可用于执行上文方法实施例中网络设备的处理相关的操作,如图3或图8所示实施例中网络设备的处理相关的操作。 In a possible design, the communication device 900 can implement the steps or processes executed by the network device in the above method embodiment. Among them, the transceiver unit 910 can be used to perform the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the above method embodiment, such as the operations related to the transceiver of the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8; the processing unit 920 can be used to perform the operations related to the processing of the network device in the above method embodiment, such as the operations related to the processing of the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8.
在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置900可以是前述实施例中的终端设备,也可以是终端设备的组成部件(如芯片)。该通信装置900可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程。其中,收发单元910可用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的收发相关的操作,如图3或图8所示实施例中终端设备的收发相关的操作;处理单元920可用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关的操作,如图3或图8所示实施例中终端设备的处理相关的操作。In another possible design, the communication device 900 may be the terminal device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component (such as a chip) of the terminal device. The communication device 900 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment. Among them, the transceiver unit 910 can be used to perform the transceiver-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, such as the transceiver-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8; the processing unit 920 can be used to perform the above method. The processing-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment are the processing-related operations of the terminal device in the embodiment as shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 8 .
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1000的示意性框图。该装置1000包括处理器1010,处理器1010与存储器1030耦合。可选地,还包括存储器1030,用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器1010用于执行存储器1030存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器1030存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。Figure 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1000 includes a processor 1010 coupled to a memory 1030 . Optionally, a memory 1030 is also included for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1030, or read the data stored in the memory 1030 to perform the above. Methods in Method Examples.
可选地,处理器1010为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors 1010 .
可选地,存储器1030为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more memories 1030 .
可选地,该存储器1030与该处理器1010集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 1030 is integrated with the processor 1010, or is provided separately.
可选地,如图10所示,该装置1000还包括收发器1020,收发器1020用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器1010用于控制收发器1020进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Figure 10, the device 1000 further includes a transceiver 1020, which is used for receiving and/or transmitting signals. For example, the processor 1010 is used to control the transceiver 1020 to receive and/or transmit signals.
作为一种方案,该装置1000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由网络设备执行的操作。As a solution, the apparatus 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the network device in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器1010用于执行存储器1030存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中网络设备的相关操作。例如,图3或图8所示实施例中网络设备执行的方法。For example, the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1030 to implement the relevant operations of the network device in the above various method embodiments. For example, the method executed by the network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8.
当该通信装置1000为网络设备时,例如为基站。图11示出了一种简化的基站结构示意图。基站包括1110部分以及1120部分。1112部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换;1120部分主要用于基带处理,对基站进行控制等。1110部分通常可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等。1120部分通常是基站的控制中心,通常可以称为处理单元,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中网络设备侧的处理操作。When the communication device 1000 is a network device, it is, for example, a base station. Figure 11 shows a simplified schematic structural diagram of a base station. The base station includes part 1110 and part 1120. Part 1112 is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals; part 1120 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. Part 1110 can usually be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc. Part 1120 is usually the control center of the base station, which can generally be called a processing unit, and is used to control the base station to perform processing operations on the network device side in the above method embodiments.
1110部分的收发单元,也可以称为收发机或收发器等,其包括天线和射频电路,其中射频电路主要用于进行射频处理。可选地,可以将1110部分中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即1110部分包括接收单元和发送单元。接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。The transceiver unit of part 1110 can also be called a transceiver or transceiver, etc., which includes an antenna and a radio frequency circuit, where the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for radio frequency processing. Optionally, the device used to implement the receiving function in part 1110 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, part 1110 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, transmitter, or transmitting circuit, etc.
1120部分可以包括一个或多个单板,每个单板可以包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。处理器用于读取和执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能以及对基站的控制。若存在多个单板,各个单板之间可以互联以增强处理能力。作为一种可选的实施方式,也可以是多个单板共用一个或多个处理器,或者是多个单板共用一个或多个存储器,或者是多个单板同时共用一个或多个处理器。Section 1120 may include one or more single boards, each of which may include one or more processors and one or more memories. The processor is used to read and execute programs in the memory to implement baseband processing functions and control the base station. If there are multiple boards, each board can be interconnected to enhance processing capabilities. As an optional implementation, multiple single boards may share one or more processors, or multiple single boards may share one or more memories, or multiple single boards may share one or more processors at the same time. device.
例如,在一种实现方式中,1110部分的收发单元用于执行图3至图8所示实施例中由网络设备执行的收发相关的步骤;1120部分用于执行图3至图8所示实施例中由网络设备执行的处理相关的步骤。For example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit of part 1110 is used to perform transceiver-related steps performed by the network device in the embodiment shown in Figures 3 to 8; part 1120 is used to perform the implementation shown in Figures 3 to 8 The processing-related steps performed by the network device in the example.
应理解,图11仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的网络设备可以不依赖于图11所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG11 is only an example and not a limitation, and the above-mentioned network device including the transceiver unit and the processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG11.
当该通信装置1000为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
作为另一种方案,该通信装置1000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。As another solution, the communication device 1000 is used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器1010用于执行存储器1030存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作。例如,图3或图8所示实施例中终端设备执行的方法。For example, the processor 1010 is used to execute the computer program or instructions stored in the memory 1030 to implement the relevant operations of the terminal device in the above various method embodiments. For example, the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 3 or Figure 8.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1010中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1030,处理器1010读取存储器1030中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。During the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by instructions in the form of hardware integrated logic circuits or software in the processor 1010 . The method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor for execution, or can be executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory 1030. The processor 1010 reads the information in the memory 1030 and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
当该通信装置1100为终端设备时,图12示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图12中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图12所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频 电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device 1100 is a terminal device, FIG. 12 shows a simplified structural schematic diagram of the terminal device. For ease of understanding and illustration, in Figure 12, the terminal device is a mobile phone as an example. As shown in Figure 12, the terminal equipment includes processor, memory, radio frequency circuits, antennas, and input and output devices. The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control terminal equipment, execute software programs, process data of software programs, etc. Memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. Radio frequency circuits are mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users. It should be noted that some types of terminal equipment may not have input and output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图12中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器,在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor. The processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of explanation, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 12. In an actual terminal device product, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. Memory can also be called storage media or storage devices. The memory may be provided independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in this application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。In the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the radio frequency circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit of the terminal device, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit of the terminal device.
如图12所示,终端设备包括收发单元1210和处理单元1220。收发单元1210也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元1220也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。As shown in Figure 12, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 1210 and a processing unit 1220. The transceiver unit 1210 may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc. The processing unit 1220 may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, etc.
可选地,可以将收发单元1210中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1210中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元1210包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Alternatively, the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1210 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit 1210 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a transmitting unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1210 includes a receiving unit and a transmitting unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes also be called a transceiver, transceiver, or transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, receiver, or receiving circuit. The sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, transmitter or transmitting circuit.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元1210用于执行图3至图8中的终端设备的接收操作。处理单元1220用于执行图3至图8中终端设备侧的处理动作。For example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit 1210 is configured to perform receiving operations of the terminal devices in FIGS. 3 to 8 . The processing unit 1220 is configured to perform processing actions on the terminal device side in FIGS. 3 to 8 .
应理解,图12仅为示例而非限定,上述包括收发单元和处理单元的终端设备可以不依赖于图12所示的结构。It should be understood that FIG12 is merely an example and not a limitation, and the terminal device including the transceiver unit and the processing unit may not rely on the structure shown in FIG12 .
当该通信装置1000为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路或通信接口;处理单元可以为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device 1000 is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述网络设备执行如前文中任一项所述的发送参考信号的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store programs or instructions, and when the programs or instructions are executed by the processor, the The network device performs the method for sending a reference signal as described in any one of the preceding items.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括收发单元和处理单元。该收发单元可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备发送和接收的步骤。该处理单元可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备除发送接收外的其它步骤。An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be used to perform the steps of sending and receiving by the network device in the above method embodiment. The processing unit may be used to perform other steps of the network device in the above method embodiment except sending and receiving.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如前文中任一项所述的发送参考信号。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instructions are stored. The characteristic is that when the computer program or instructions are executed, the computer performs the sending reference as described in any one of the preceding paragraphs. Signal.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行前述网络设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method executed by the network device.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行前述终端设备所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes: computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method executed by the terminal device.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文实施例中的网络设备与终端设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the network device and terminal device in the above embodiment.
作为一个示例,该通信系统包括:上文结合图3至图8描述的实施例中的网络设备与终端设备。As an example, the communication system includes: the network device and the terminal device in the embodiment described above in conjunction with FIGS. 3 to 8 .
上述提供的任一种通信装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。For explanations of relevant content and beneficial effects in any of the communication devices provided above, please refer to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and will not be described again here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的 具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the systems, devices and units described above are For the specific working process, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (36)

  1. 一种发送参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for sending a reference signal, comprising:
    网络设备确定功率比值β;The network device determines the power ratio β;
    所述网络设备基于所述功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号;The network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio β;
    其中,所述功率比值β与第一参数,所述参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,所述第一参数与所述参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,所述第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。Wherein, the power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups, and the first parameter is associated with a first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. Relatedly, the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:The method of claim 1, wherein the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
    所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal ratio.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,所述第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,所述N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,所述N为大于或等于3的整数。The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in a first port set, and the first port The ports in the set correspond to N CDM groups, the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that:
    所述N为3或4,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,The N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4, or,
    所述N为4或5或6,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。The N is 4, 5, or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口集合还包括第二端口,所述第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port is the same as that of the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  6. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数还包括所述N的值。The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, characterized in that the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,所述第二指示信息指示所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。The network device sends indication information to the terminal device. The indication information includes first indication information and second indication information. The first indication information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal. The second indication information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal. The indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备基于所述功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the network device sends a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio β, including:
    所述网络设备根据所述功率比值β确定功率缩放因子 The network device determines a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β
    所述网络设备基于所述功率缩放因子向所述终端设备发送所述参考信号;The network device based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device;
    其中,所述功率比值β和所述功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Wherein, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  9. 一种接收参考信号的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving a reference signal, comprising:
    终端设备确定功率比值β;The terminal equipment determines the power ratio β;
    所述终端设备基于所述功率比值β接收参考信号;The terminal device receives a reference signal based on the power ratio β;
    其中,所述功率比值β与第一参数,所述参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,所述第一参数与所述参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,所述第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。Wherein, the power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups, and the first parameter is associated with a first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. Relatedly, the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:The method of claim 9, wherein the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
    所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the reference signal.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,所述第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,所述N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,所述N为大于或等于3的整数。 The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in a first port set, and the first port The ports in the set correspond to N CDM groups, the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11, characterized in that:
    所述N为3或4,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,The N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4, or,
    所述N为4或5或6,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。The N is 4, 5, or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一端口集合还包括第二端口,所述第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。The method according to claim 11 or 12 is characterized in that the first port set also includes a second port, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the second reference signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数还包括所述N的值。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, characterized in that the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  15. 根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,所述第二指示信息指示所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;The terminal device receives indication information from the network device, the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the third indication information 2. The indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal;
    所述终端设备确定功率比值β,包括:The terminal device determines the power ratio β, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型以及所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定所述功率比值β。The terminal device determines the power ratio β according to the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  16. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备基于所述功率比值β接收参考信号,包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 15, wherein the terminal device receives a reference signal based on the power ratio β, including:
    所述终端设备根据所述功率比值β确定功率缩放因子 The terminal device determines a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β
    所述终端设备基于所述功率缩放因子接收所述参考信号;The terminal device based on the power scaling factor receiving the reference signal;
    其中,所述功率比值β和所述功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Wherein, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  17. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理单元和收发单元,A communication device, comprising a processing unit and a transceiver unit,
    所述处理单元,用于确定功率比值β;The processing unit is used to determine the power ratio β;
    所述收发单元,用于基于所述功率比值β向终端设备发送参考信号;The transceiver unit is configured to send a reference signal to the terminal device based on the power ratio β;
    其中,所述功率比值β与第一参数,所述参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,所述第一参数与所述参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,所述第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。Wherein, the power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups, and the first parameter is associated with a first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. Relatedly, the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:The device according to claim 17, wherein the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
    所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal ratio.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,所述第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,所述N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,所述N为大于或等于3的整数。The device according to claim 17 or 18 is characterized in that the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in a first port set, the ports in the first port set correspond to N CDM groups, the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 19, characterized in that:
    所述N为3或4,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,The N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4, or,
    所述N为4或5或6,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。The N is 4, 5, or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一端口集合还包括第二端口,所述第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。The device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port is the same as that of the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  22. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一参数还包括所述N的值。The device according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein the first parameter further includes the value of N.
  23. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 17 to 22, characterized in that the transceiver unit is also used for:
    向所述终端设备发送指示信息,所述指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示 信息指示所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,所述第二指示信息指示所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引。Send indication information to the terminal device, the indication information including first indication information and second indication information, the first indication The information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal, and the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  24. 根据权利要求17至23中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 17 to 23, characterized in that:
    所述处理单元具体用于根据所述功率比值β确定功率缩放因子 The processing unit is specifically configured to determine a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β
    所述收发单元具体用于基于所述功率缩放因子向所述终端设备发送所述参考信号;The transceiver unit is specifically configured to based on the power scaling factor Send the reference signal to the terminal device;
    其中,所述功率比值β和所述功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Wherein, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理单元和收发单元,A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit,
    所述处理单元,用于确定功率比值β;The processing unit is used to determine the power ratio β;
    所述收发单元,用于基于所述功率比值β接收参考信号;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a reference signal based on the power ratio β;
    其中,所述功率比值β与第一参数,所述参考信号的配置类型以及第一码分复用CDM组的数量相关联,所述第一参数与所述参考信号占用的第一时频资源相关联,所述第一码分复用CDM组为不发送数据的CDM组。Wherein, the power ratio β is associated with a first parameter, a configuration type of the reference signal and a number of first code division multiplexing CDM groups, and the first parameter is associated with a first time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal. Relatedly, the first code division multiplexing CDM group is a CDM group that does not send data.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:The device according to claim 25, wherein the first parameter includes at least one of the following parameters:
    所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的索引,所述参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值。The index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal, the index of the time-frequency resource occupied by the reference signal, the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the reference signal and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the reference signal ratio.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述参考信号为第一端口对应的第一参考信号,所述第一端口为第一端口集合中的一个端口,所述第一端口集合中的端口对应N个CDM组,所述N个CDM组中每个CDM组对应的时频资源不重合,所述N为大于或等于3的整数。The device according to claim 25 or 26, characterized in that the reference signal is a first reference signal corresponding to a first port, the first port is a port in a first port set, and the first port The ports in the set correspond to N CDM groups, the time-frequency resources corresponding to each CDM group in the N CDM groups do not overlap, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 3.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 27, characterized in that:
    所述N为3或4,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/4,或者,The N is 3 or 4, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/4, or,
    所述N为4或5或6,所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值为1/6。The N is 4, 5, or 6, and the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by data corresponding to the first reference signal is 1/6.
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一端口集合还包括第二端口,所述第二端口的第二参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第二参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值,与所述第一参考信号占用的时频资源的数量与所述第一参考信号对应的数据占用的时频资源的数量的比值不同。The device according to claim 27 or 28, wherein the first port set further includes a second port, and the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the second reference signal of the second port is the same as that of the second reference signal. The ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the signal is different from the ratio of the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the first reference signal to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the data corresponding to the first reference signal.
  30. 根据权利要求27至29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一参数还包括所述N的值。The device according to any one of claims 27 to 29 is characterized in that the first parameter also includes the value of N.
  31. 根据权利要求25至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 25 to 30, characterized in that:
    所述收发单元还用于,接收来自所述网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型,所述第二指示信息指示所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引;The transceiver unit is also configured to receive indication information from the network device. The indication information includes first indication information and second indication information. The first indication information indicates the reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal. , the second indication information indicates the index of the antenna port associated with the reference signal;
    所述处理单元具体用于:The processing unit is specifically used for:
    根据所述参考信号对应的参考信号配置类型以及所述参考信号关联的天线端口的索引确定所述功率比值β。The power ratio β is determined according to a reference signal configuration type corresponding to the reference signal and an index of an antenna port associated with the reference signal.
  32. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 9 to 15, characterized in that:
    所述处理单元具体用于,根据所述功率比值β确定功率缩放因子 The processing unit is specifically configured to determine a power scaling factor according to the power ratio β
    所述收发单元具体用于,基于所述功率缩放因子接收所述参考信号;The transceiver unit is specifically configured to, based on the power scaling factor receiving the reference signal;
    其中,所述功率比值β和所述功率缩放因子满足如下关系: Wherein, the power ratio β and the power scaling factor Satisfy the following relationship:
  33. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized by including:
    包括执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述方法的单元或模块。Comprising a unit or module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  34. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized by including:
    包括执行如权利要求9至16中任一项所述方法的单元或模块。Comprising a unit or module for performing the method according to any one of claims 9 to 16.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by including:
    处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述 处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,或者,执行如权利要求9至16中任一项所述的方法。A processor coupled to a memory for storing programs or instructions that when the programs or instructions are When the processor is executed, the device is caused to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, or to perform the method according to any one of claims 9 to 16.
  36. 一种可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至8,或9至16中任一项所述的方法。 A readable storage medium with computer programs or instructions stored thereon, characterized in that, when executed, the computer program or instructions cause the computer to perform the method described in any one of claims 1 to 8, or 9 to 16 method.
PCT/CN2023/119831 2022-09-20 2023-09-19 Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus WO2024061236A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211143839.1A CN117792588A (en) 2022-09-20 2022-09-20 Method for transmitting and receiving reference signal and communication device
CN202211143839.1 2022-09-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024061236A1 true WO2024061236A1 (en) 2024-03-28

Family

ID=90398579

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/119831 WO2024061236A1 (en) 2022-09-20 2023-09-19 Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117792588A (en)
WO (1) WO2024061236A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN118316485A (en) * 2024-03-29 2024-07-09 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication method, device and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109511162A (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-22 株式会社Kt Device and method for controlling the transimission power of DMRS in new radio
CN110266459A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-09-20 华为技术有限公司 The method and communication device of communication
WO2020090623A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 シャープ株式会社 Terminal device and communication method
CN112272962A (en) * 2018-04-06 2021-01-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109511162A (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-22 株式会社Kt Device and method for controlling the transimission power of DMRS in new radio
CN112272962A (en) * 2018-04-06 2021-01-26 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User terminal
CN110266459A (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-09-20 华为技术有限公司 The method and communication device of communication
WO2020090623A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-07 シャープ株式会社 Terminal device and communication method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN118316485A (en) * 2024-03-29 2024-07-09 荣耀终端有限公司 Communication method, device and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117792588A (en) 2024-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114982177B (en) PRTS to DMRS port association
US10218476B2 (en) Transmission of reference signals
WO2019029329A1 (en) Methods for indicating and receiving dmrs, transmitting end, and receiving end
JP7171546B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving reference signals in wireless communication system
WO2019029662A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication device
WO2020143829A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving instructions
CN111357361B (en) Information transmission method and communication equipment
US12082162B2 (en) Semi-static resource allocation for new radio integrated access and backhaul (IAB) Network
JP7142721B2 (en) Communication method and communication device
CN112134661B (en) Communication method and device
CN111344989B (en) Method and apparatus for setting reference signal in wireless communication system
CN103327629A (en) Methods, terminal and base station for generating DMRS sequences and sending DMRS sequence initial values
KR20190105075A (en) Communication methods, network devices, terminal devices, computer readable storage media, computer program products, processing apparatus and communication systems
WO2024061236A1 (en) Method for sending and receiving reference signal, and communication apparatus
WO2018024007A1 (en) Method for transmitting reference signal, related device and communication system
WO2021223084A1 (en) Uplink reference signal sending method, uplink reference signal receiving method, and communication device
WO2022262620A1 (en) Method and apparatus for indicating demodulation reference signal
WO2022205022A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting reference signal
WO2022155824A1 (en) Reference signal transmission method and communication apparatus
CN116326023A (en) Indication method of signal transmission and communication device
WO2024067652A1 (en) Communication method, communication apparatus, chip, and computer readable storage medium
WO2024140647A1 (en) Measurement method, apparatus, and system
WO2023208031A1 (en) Signal transmission method and related apparatus
WO2024140774A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024152366A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23867523

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1